ph10 2005/06/15 09:57:11 BST
Modified files:
exim-doc/doc-txt ChangeLog pcrepattern.txt pcretest.txt
exim-src/scripts MakeLinks
exim-src/src/pcre ChangeLog LICENCE Makefile dftables.c
get.c internal.h maketables.c pcre.c
pcre.h pcretest.c printint.c study.c
Added files:
exim-src/src/pcre pcre_compile.c pcre_config.c pcre_exec.c
pcre_fullinfo.c pcre_get.c pcre_globals.c
pcre_internal.h pcre_maketables.c
pcre_printint.c pcre_study.c
pcre_tables.c pcre_try_flipped.c
pcre_version.c ucp.h
Log:
Installed PCRE 6.0 sources, which involved adding a number of files and
renaming some others.
Revision Changes Path
1.156 +4 -0 exim/exim-doc/doc-txt/ChangeLog
1.2 +192 -171 exim/exim-doc/doc-txt/pcrepattern.txt
1.2 +226 -147 exim/exim-doc/doc-txt/pcretest.txt
1.5 +14 -6 exim/exim-src/scripts/MakeLinks
1.2 +152 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/ChangeLog
1.2 +29 -6 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/LICENCE
1.3 +48 -27 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/Makefile
1.2 +18 -17 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/dftables.c
1.2 +2 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/get.c
1.2 +2 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/internal.h
1.2 +2 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/maketables.c
1.2 +2 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre.c
1.2 +74 -53 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre.h
1.1 +5027 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_compile.c (new)
1.1 +114 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_config.c (new)
1.1 +3634 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_exec.c (new)
1.1 +151 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c (new)
1.1 +354 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_get.c (new)
1.1 +71 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_globals.c (new)
1.1 +907 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_internal.h (new)
1.1 +147 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_maketables.c (new)
1.1 +453 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_printint.c (new)
1.1 +484 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_study.c (new)
1.1 +131 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_tables.c (new)
1.1 +134 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_try_flipped.c (new)
1.1 +63 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_version.c (new)
1.2 +154 -100 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcretest.c
1.2 +2 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/printint.c
1.2 +2 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/study.c
1.1 +62 -0 exim/exim-src/src/pcre/ucp.h (new)
Index: ChangeLog
===================================================================
RCS file: /home/cvs/exim/exim-doc/doc-txt/ChangeLog,v
retrieving revision 1.155
retrieving revision 1.156
diff -u -r1.155 -r1.156
--- ChangeLog 14 Jun 2005 13:48:40 -0000 1.155
+++ ChangeLog 15 Jun 2005 08:57:10 -0000 1.156
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-$Cambridge: exim/exim-doc/doc-txt/ChangeLog,v 1.155 2005/06/14 13:48:40 ph10 Exp $
+$Cambridge: exim/exim-doc/doc-txt/ChangeLog,v 1.156 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $
Change log file for Exim from version 4.21
-------------------------------------------
@@ -115,6 +115,10 @@
function for BDB 4.3.
PH/13 Changed auto_thaw such that it does not apply to bounce messages.
+
+PH/14 Imported PCRE 6.0; this was more than just a trivial operation because
+ the sources for PCRE have been re-arranged and more files are now
+ involved.
Exim version 4.51
Index: pcrepattern.txt
===================================================================
RCS file: /home/cvs/exim/exim-doc/doc-txt/pcrepattern.txt,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- pcrepattern.txt 7 Oct 2004 15:04:35 -0000 1.1
+++ pcrepattern.txt 15 Jun 2005 08:57:10 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,18 +1,17 @@
-This file contains the PCRE man page that describes the regular expressions
-supported by PCRE version 5.0. Note that not all of the features are relevant
+This file contains the PCRE man page that describes the regular expressions
+supported by PCRE version 6.0. Note that not all of the features are relevant
in the context of Exim. In particular, the version of PCRE that is compiled
with Exim does not include UTF-8 support, there is no mechanism for changing
the options with which the PCRE functions are called, and features such as
callout are not accessible.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PCRE(3) PCRE(3)
-
NAME
PCRE - Perl-compatible regular expressions
+
PCRE REGULAR EXPRESSION DETAILS
The syntax and semantics of the regular expressions supported by PCRE
@@ -30,6 +29,14 @@
of UTF-8 features in the section on UTF-8 support in the main pcre
page.
+ The remainder of this document discusses the patterns that are sup-
+ ported by PCRE when its main matching function, pcre_exec(), is used.
+ From release 6.0, PCRE offers a second matching function,
+ pcre_dfa_exec(), which matches using a different algorithm that is not
+ Perl-compatible. The advantages and disadvantages of the alternative
+ function, and how it differs from the normal function, are discussed in
+ the pcrematching page.
+
A regular expression is a pattern that is matched against a subject
string from left to right. Most characters stand for themselves in a
pattern, and match the corresponding characters in the subject. As a
@@ -37,15 +44,24 @@
The quick brown fox
- matches a portion of a subject string that is identical to itself. The
- power of regular expressions comes from the ability to include alterna-
- tives and repetitions in the pattern. These are encoded in the pattern
- by the use of metacharacters, which do not stand for themselves but
- instead are interpreted in some special way.
-
- There are two different sets of metacharacters: those that are recog-
- nized anywhere in the pattern except within square brackets, and those
- that are recognized in square brackets. Outside square brackets, the
+ matches a portion of a subject string that is identical to itself. When
+ caseless matching is specified (the PCRE_CASELESS option), letters are
+ matched independently of case. In UTF-8 mode, PCRE always understands
+ the concept of case for characters whose values are less than 128, so
+ caseless matching is always possible. For characters with higher val-
+ ues, the concept of case is supported if PCRE is compiled with Unicode
+ property support, but not otherwise. If you want to use caseless
+ matching for characters 128 and above, you must ensure that PCRE is
+ compiled with Unicode property support as well as with UTF-8 support.
+
+ The power of regular expressions comes from the ability to include
+ alternatives and repetitions in the pattern. These are encoded in the
+ pattern by the use of metacharacters, which do not stand for themselves
+ but instead are interpreted in some special way.
+
+ There are two different sets of metacharacters: those that are recog-
+ nized anywhere in the pattern except within square brackets, and those
+ that are recognized in square brackets. Outside square brackets, the
metacharacters are as follows:
\ general escape character with several uses
@@ -64,7 +80,7 @@
also "possessive quantifier"
{ start min/max quantifier
- Part of a pattern that is in square brackets is called a "character
+ Part of a pattern that is in square brackets is called a "character
class". In a character class the only metacharacters are:
\ general escape character
@@ -74,33 +90,33 @@
syntax)
] terminates the character class
- The following sections describe the use of each of the metacharacters.
+ The following sections describe the use of each of the metacharacters.
BACKSLASH
The backslash character has several uses. Firstly, if it is followed by
- a non-alphanumeric character, it takes away any special meaning that
- character may have. This use of backslash as an escape character
+ a non-alphanumeric character, it takes away any special meaning that
+ character may have. This use of backslash as an escape character
applies both inside and outside character classes.
- For example, if you want to match a * character, you write \* in the
- pattern. This escaping action applies whether or not the following
- character would otherwise be interpreted as a metacharacter, so it is
- always safe to precede a non-alphanumeric with backslash to specify
- that it stands for itself. In particular, if you want to match a back-
+ For example, if you want to match a * character, you write \* in the
+ pattern. This escaping action applies whether or not the following
+ character would otherwise be interpreted as a metacharacter, so it is
+ always safe to precede a non-alphanumeric with backslash to specify
+ that it stands for itself. In particular, if you want to match a back-
slash, you write \\.
- If a pattern is compiled with the PCRE_EXTENDED option, whitespace in
- the pattern (other than in a character class) and characters between a
+ If a pattern is compiled with the PCRE_EXTENDED option, whitespace in
+ the pattern (other than in a character class) and characters between a
# outside a character class and the next newline character are ignored.
- An escaping backslash can be used to include a whitespace or # charac-
+ An escaping backslash can be used to include a whitespace or # charac-
ter as part of the pattern.
- If you want to remove the special meaning from a sequence of charac-
- ters, you can do so by putting them between \Q and \E. This is differ-
- ent from Perl in that $ and @ are handled as literals in \Q...\E
- sequences in PCRE, whereas in Perl, $ and @ cause variable interpola-
+ If you want to remove the special meaning from a sequence of charac-
+ ters, you can do so by putting them between \Q and \E. This is differ-
+ ent from Perl in that $ and @ are handled as literals in \Q...\E
+ sequences in PCRE, whereas in Perl, $ and @ cause variable interpola-
tion. Note the following examples:
Pattern PCRE matches Perl matches
@@ -110,16 +126,16 @@
\Qabc\$xyz\E abc\$xyz abc\$xyz
\Qabc\E\$\Qxyz\E abc$xyz abc$xyz
- The \Q...\E sequence is recognized both inside and outside character
+ The \Q...\E sequence is recognized both inside and outside character
classes.
Non-printing characters
A second use of backslash provides a way of encoding non-printing char-
- acters in patterns in a visible manner. There is no restriction on the
- appearance of non-printing characters, apart from the binary zero that
- terminates a pattern, but when a pattern is being prepared by text
- editing, it is usually easier to use one of the following escape
+ acters in patterns in a visible manner. There is no restriction on the
+ appearance of non-printing characters, apart from the binary zero that
+ terminates a pattern, but when a pattern is being prepared by text
+ editing, it is usually easier to use one of the following escape
sequences than the binary character it represents:
\a alarm, that is, the BEL character (hex 07)
@@ -133,44 +149,44 @@
\xhh character with hex code hh
\x{hhh..} character with hex code hhh... (UTF-8 mode only)
- The precise effect of \cx is as follows: if x is a lower case letter,
- it is converted to upper case. Then bit 6 of the character (hex 40) is
- inverted. Thus \cz becomes hex 1A, but \c{ becomes hex 3B, while \c;
+ The precise effect of \cx is as follows: if x is a lower case letter,
+ it is converted to upper case. Then bit 6 of the character (hex 40) is
+ inverted. Thus \cz becomes hex 1A, but \c{ becomes hex 3B, while \c;
becomes hex 7B.
- After \x, from zero to two hexadecimal digits are read (letters can be
- in upper or lower case). In UTF-8 mode, any number of hexadecimal dig-
- its may appear between \x{ and }, but the value of the character code
- must be less than 2**31 (that is, the maximum hexadecimal value is
- 7FFFFFFF). If characters other than hexadecimal digits appear between
- \x{ and }, or if there is no terminating }, this form of escape is not
- recognized. Instead, the initial \x will be interpreted as a basic hex-
- adecimal escape, with no following digits, giving a character whose
+ After \x, from zero to two hexadecimal digits are read (letters can be
+ in upper or lower case). In UTF-8 mode, any number of hexadecimal dig-
+ its may appear between \x{ and }, but the value of the character code
+ must be less than 2**31 (that is, the maximum hexadecimal value is
+ 7FFFFFFF). If characters other than hexadecimal digits appear between
+ \x{ and }, or if there is no terminating }, this form of escape is not
+ recognized. Instead, the initial \x will be interpreted as a basic
+ hexadecimal escape, with no following digits, giving a character whose
value is zero.
Characters whose value is less than 256 can be defined by either of the
- two syntaxes for \x when PCRE is in UTF-8 mode. There is no difference
- in the way they are handled. For example, \xdc is exactly the same as
+ two syntaxes for \x when PCRE is in UTF-8 mode. There is no difference
+ in the way they are handled. For example, \xdc is exactly the same as
\x{dc}.
- After \0 up to two further octal digits are read. In both cases, if
- there are fewer than two digits, just those that are present are used.
- Thus the sequence \0\x\07 specifies two binary zeros followed by a BEL
- character (code value 7). Make sure you supply two digits after the
- initial zero if the pattern character that follows is itself an octal
+ After \0 up to two further octal digits are read. In both cases, if
+ there are fewer than two digits, just those that are present are used.
+ Thus the sequence \0\x\07 specifies two binary zeros followed by a BEL
+ character (code value 7). Make sure you supply two digits after the
+ initial zero if the pattern character that follows is itself an octal
digit.
The handling of a backslash followed by a digit other than 0 is compli-
cated. Outside a character class, PCRE reads it and any following dig-
- its as a decimal number. If the number is less than 10, or if there
+ its as a decimal number. If the number is less than 10, or if there
have been at least that many previous capturing left parentheses in the
- expression, the entire sequence is taken as a back reference. A
- description of how this works is given later, following the discussion
+ expression, the entire sequence is taken as a back reference. A
+ description of how this works is given later, following the discussion
of parenthesized subpatterns.
- Inside a character class, or if the decimal number is greater than 9
- and there have not been that many capturing subpatterns, PCRE re-reads
- up to three octal digits following the backslash, and generates a sin-
+ Inside a character class, or if the decimal number is greater than 9
+ and there have not been that many capturing subpatterns, PCRE re-reads
+ up to three octal digits following the backslash, and generates a sin-
gle byte from the least significant 8 bits of the value. Any subsequent
digits stand for themselves. For example:
@@ -189,19 +205,19 @@
\81 is either a back reference, or a binary zero
followed by the two characters "8" and "1"
- Note that octal values of 100 or greater must not be introduced by a
+ Note that octal values of 100 or greater must not be introduced by a
leading zero, because no more than three octal digits are ever read.
- All the sequences that define a single byte value or a single UTF-8
+ All the sequences that define a single byte value or a single UTF-8
character (in UTF-8 mode) can be used both inside and outside character
- classes. In addition, inside a character class, the sequence \b is
+ classes. In addition, inside a character class, the sequence \b is
interpreted as the backspace character (hex 08), and the sequence \X is
- interpreted as the character "X". Outside a character class, these
+ interpreted as the character "X". Outside a character class, these
sequences have different meanings (see below).
Generic character types
- The third use of backslash is for specifying generic character types.
+ The third use of backslash is for specifying generic character types.
The following are always recognized:
\d any decimal digit
@@ -212,48 +228,48 @@
\W any "non-word" character
Each pair of escape sequences partitions the complete set of characters
- into two disjoint sets. Any given character matches one, and only one,
+ into two disjoint sets. Any given character matches one, and only one,
of each pair.
These character type sequences can appear both inside and outside char-
- acter classes. They each match one character of the appropriate type.
- If the current matching point is at the end of the subject string, all
+ acter classes. They each match one character of the appropriate type.
+ If the current matching point is at the end of the subject string, all
of them fail, since there is no character to match.
- For compatibility with Perl, \s does not match the VT character (code
- 11). This makes it different from the the POSIX "space" class. The \s
+ For compatibility with Perl, \s does not match the VT character (code
+ 11). This makes it different from the the POSIX "space" class. The \s
characters are HT (9), LF (10), FF (12), CR (13), and space (32).
A "word" character is an underscore or any character less than 256 that
- is a letter or digit. The definition of letters and digits is con-
- trolled by PCRE's low-valued character tables, and may vary if locale-
- specific matching is taking place (see "Locale support" in the pcreapi
- page). For example, in the "fr_FR" (French) locale, some character
- codes greater than 128 are used for accented letters, and these are
+ is a letter or digit. The definition of letters and digits is con-
+ trolled by PCRE's low-valued character tables, and may vary if locale-
+ specific matching is taking place (see "Locale support" in the pcreapi
+ page). For example, in the "fr_FR" (French) locale, some character
+ codes greater than 128 are used for accented letters, and these are
matched by \w.
- In UTF-8 mode, characters with values greater than 128 never match \d,
+ In UTF-8 mode, characters with values greater than 128 never match \d,
\s, or \w, and always match \D, \S, and \W. This is true even when Uni-
code character property support is available.
Unicode character properties
When PCRE is built with Unicode character property support, three addi-
- tional escape sequences to match generic character types are available
+ tional escape sequences to match generic character types are available
when UTF-8 mode is selected. They are:
\p{xx} a character with the xx property
\P{xx} a character without the xx property
\X an extended Unicode sequence
- The property names represented by xx above are limited to the Unicode
- general category properties. Each character has exactly one such prop-
- erty, specified by a two-letter abbreviation. For compatibility with
- Perl, negation can be specified by including a circumflex between the
- opening brace and the property name. For example, \p{^Lu} is the same
+ The property names represented by xx above are limited to the Unicode
+ general category properties. Each character has exactly one such prop-
+ erty, specified by a two-letter abbreviation. For compatibility with
+ Perl, negation can be specified by including a circumflex between the
+ opening brace and the property name. For example, \p{^Lu} is the same
as \P{Lu}.
- If only one letter is specified with \p or \P, it includes all the
+ If only one letter is specified with \p or \P, it includes all the
properties that start with that letter. In this case, in the absence of
negation, the curly brackets in the escape sequence are optional; these
two examples have the same effect:
@@ -307,33 +323,33 @@
Zp Paragraph separator
Zs Space separator
- Extended properties such as "Greek" or "InMusicalSymbols" are not sup-
+ Extended properties such as "Greek" or "InMusicalSymbols" are not sup-
ported by PCRE.
- Specifying caseless matching does not affect these escape sequences.
+ Specifying caseless matching does not affect these escape sequences.
For example, \p{Lu} always matches only upper case letters.
- The \X escape matches any number of Unicode characters that form an
+ The \X escape matches any number of Unicode characters that form an
extended Unicode sequence. \X is equivalent to
(?>\PM\pM*)
- That is, it matches a character without the "mark" property, followed
- by zero or more characters with the "mark" property, and treats the
- sequence as an atomic group (see below). Characters with the "mark"
+ That is, it matches a character without the "mark" property, followed
+ by zero or more characters with the "mark" property, and treats the
+ sequence as an atomic group (see below). Characters with the "mark"
property are typically accents that affect the preceding character.
- Matching characters by Unicode property is not fast, because PCRE has
- to search a structure that contains data for over fifteen thousand
+ Matching characters by Unicode property is not fast, because PCRE has
+ to search a structure that contains data for over fifteen thousand
characters. That is why the traditional escape sequences such as \d and
\w do not use Unicode properties in PCRE.
Simple assertions
The fourth use of backslash is for certain simple assertions. An asser-
- tion specifies a condition that has to be met at a particular point in
- a match, without consuming any characters from the subject string. The
- use of subpatterns for more complicated assertions is described below.
+ tion specifies a condition that has to be met at a particular point in
+ a match, without consuming any characters from the subject string. The
+ use of subpatterns for more complicated assertions is described below.
The backslashed assertions are:
\b matches at a word boundary
@@ -343,42 +359,42 @@
\z matches at end of subject
\G matches at first matching position in subject
- These assertions may not appear in character classes (but note that \b
+ These assertions may not appear in character classes (but note that \b
has a different meaning, namely the backspace character, inside a char-
acter class).
- A word boundary is a position in the subject string where the current
- character and the previous character do not both match \w or \W (i.e.
- one matches \w and the other matches \W), or the start or end of the
+ A word boundary is a position in the subject string where the current
+ character and the previous character do not both match \w or \W (i.e.
+ one matches \w and the other matches \W), or the start or end of the
string if the first or last character matches \w, respectively.
- The \A, \Z, and \z assertions differ from the traditional circumflex
+ The \A, \Z, and \z assertions differ from the traditional circumflex
and dollar (described in the next section) in that they only ever match
- at the very start and end of the subject string, whatever options are
- set. Thus, they are independent of multiline mode. These three asser-
+ at the very start and end of the subject string, whatever options are
+ set. Thus, they are independent of multiline mode. These three asser-
tions are not affected by the PCRE_NOTBOL or PCRE_NOTEOL options, which
- affect only the behaviour of the circumflex and dollar metacharacters.
- However, if the startoffset argument of pcre_exec() is non-zero, indi-
+ affect only the behaviour of the circumflex and dollar metacharacters.
+ However, if the startoffset argument of pcre_exec() is non-zero, indi-
cating that matching is to start at a point other than the beginning of
- the subject, \A can never match. The difference between \Z and \z is
- that \Z matches before a newline that is the last character of the
- string as well as at the end of the string, whereas \z matches only at
+ the subject, \A can never match. The difference between \Z and \z is
+ that \Z matches before a newline that is the last character of the
+ string as well as at the end of the string, whereas \z matches only at
the end.
- The \G assertion is true only when the current matching position is at
- the start point of the match, as specified by the startoffset argument
- of pcre_exec(). It differs from \A when the value of startoffset is
- non-zero. By calling pcre_exec() multiple times with appropriate argu-
+ The \G assertion is true only when the current matching position is at
+ the start point of the match, as specified by the startoffset argument
+ of pcre_exec(). It differs from \A when the value of startoffset is
+ non-zero. By calling pcre_exec() multiple times with appropriate argu-
ments, you can mimic Perl's /g option, and it is in this kind of imple-
mentation where \G can be useful.
- Note, however, that PCRE's interpretation of \G, as the start of the
+ Note, however, that PCRE's interpretation of \G, as the start of the
current match, is subtly different from Perl's, which defines it as the
- end of the previous match. In Perl, these can be different when the
- previously matched string was empty. Because PCRE does just one match
+ end of the previous match. In Perl, these can be different when the
+ previously matched string was empty. Because PCRE does just one match
at a time, it cannot reproduce this behaviour.
- If all the alternatives of a pattern begin with \G, the expression is
+ If all the alternatives of a pattern begin with \G, the expression is
anchored to the starting match position, and the "anchored" flag is set
in the compiled regular expression.
@@ -386,73 +402,73 @@
CIRCUMFLEX AND DOLLAR
Outside a character class, in the default matching mode, the circumflex
- character is an assertion that is true only if the current matching
- point is at the start of the subject string. If the startoffset argu-
- ment of pcre_exec() is non-zero, circumflex can never match if the
- PCRE_MULTILINE option is unset. Inside a character class, circumflex
+ character is an assertion that is true only if the current matching
+ point is at the start of the subject string. If the startoffset argu-
+ ment of pcre_exec() is non-zero, circumflex can never match if the
+ PCRE_MULTILINE option is unset. Inside a character class, circumflex
has an entirely different meaning (see below).
- Circumflex need not be the first character of the pattern if a number
- of alternatives are involved, but it should be the first thing in each
- alternative in which it appears if the pattern is ever to match that
- branch. If all possible alternatives start with a circumflex, that is,
- if the pattern is constrained to match only at the start of the sub-
- ject, it is said to be an "anchored" pattern. (There are also other
+ Circumflex need not be the first character of the pattern if a number
+ of alternatives are involved, but it should be the first thing in each
+ alternative in which it appears if the pattern is ever to match that
+ branch. If all possible alternatives start with a circumflex, that is,
+ if the pattern is constrained to match only at the start of the sub-
+ ject, it is said to be an "anchored" pattern. (There are also other
constructs that can cause a pattern to be anchored.)
- A dollar character is an assertion that is true only if the current
- matching point is at the end of the subject string, or immediately
+ A dollar character is an assertion that is true only if the current
+ matching point is at the end of the subject string, or immediately
before a newline character that is the last character in the string (by
- default). Dollar need not be the last character of the pattern if a
- number of alternatives are involved, but it should be the last item in
- any branch in which it appears. Dollar has no special meaning in a
+ default). Dollar need not be the last character of the pattern if a
+ number of alternatives are involved, but it should be the last item in
+ any branch in which it appears. Dollar has no special meaning in a
character class.
- The meaning of dollar can be changed so that it matches only at the
- very end of the string, by setting the PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY option at
+ The meaning of dollar can be changed so that it matches only at the
+ very end of the string, by setting the PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY option at
compile time. This does not affect the \Z assertion.
The meanings of the circumflex and dollar characters are changed if the
PCRE_MULTILINE option is set. When this is the case, they match immedi-
- ately after and immediately before an internal newline character,
- respectively, in addition to matching at the start and end of the sub-
- ject string. For example, the pattern /^abc$/ matches the subject
- string "def\nabc" (where \n represents a newline character) in multi-
+ ately after and immediately before an internal newline character,
+ respectively, in addition to matching at the start and end of the sub-
+ ject string. For example, the pattern /^abc$/ matches the subject
+ string "def\nabc" (where \n represents a newline character) in multi-
line mode, but not otherwise. Consequently, patterns that are anchored
- in single line mode because all branches start with ^ are not anchored
- in multiline mode, and a match for circumflex is possible when the
- startoffset argument of pcre_exec() is non-zero. The PCRE_DOL-
+ in single line mode because all branches start with ^ are not anchored
+ in multiline mode, and a match for circumflex is possible when the
+ startoffset argument of pcre_exec() is non-zero. The PCRE_DOL-
LAR_ENDONLY option is ignored if PCRE_MULTILINE is set.
- Note that the sequences \A, \Z, and \z can be used to match the start
- and end of the subject in both modes, and if all branches of a pattern
- start with \A it is always anchored, whether PCRE_MULTILINE is set or
+ Note that the sequences \A, \Z, and \z can be used to match the start
+ and end of the subject in both modes, and if all branches of a pattern
+ start with \A it is always anchored, whether PCRE_MULTILINE is set or
not.
FULL STOP (PERIOD, DOT)
Outside a character class, a dot in the pattern matches any one charac-
- ter in the subject, including a non-printing character, but not (by
- default) newline. In UTF-8 mode, a dot matches any UTF-8 character,
+ ter in the subject, including a non-printing character, but not (by
+ default) newline. In UTF-8 mode, a dot matches any UTF-8 character,
which might be more than one byte long, except (by default) newline. If
- the PCRE_DOTALL option is set, dots match newlines as well. The han-
- dling of dot is entirely independent of the handling of circumflex and
- dollar, the only relationship being that they both involve newline
+ the PCRE_DOTALL option is set, dots match newlines as well. The han-
+ dling of dot is entirely independent of the handling of circumflex and
+ dollar, the only relationship being that they both involve newline
characters. Dot has no special meaning in a character class.
MATCHING A SINGLE BYTE
Outside a character class, the escape sequence \C matches any one byte,
- both in and out of UTF-8 mode. Unlike a dot, it can match a newline.
- The feature is provided in Perl in order to match individual bytes in
- UTF-8 mode. Because it breaks up UTF-8 characters into individual
- bytes, what remains in the string may be a malformed UTF-8 string. For
+ both in and out of UTF-8 mode. Unlike a dot, it can match a newline.
+ The feature is provided in Perl in order to match individual bytes in
+ UTF-8 mode. Because it breaks up UTF-8 characters into individual
+ bytes, what remains in the string may be a malformed UTF-8 string. For
this reason, the \C escape sequence is best avoided.
- PCRE does not allow \C to appear in lookbehind assertions (described
- below), because in UTF-8 mode this would make it impossible to calcu-
+ PCRE does not allow \C to appear in lookbehind assertions (described
+ below), because in UTF-8 mode this would make it impossible to calcu-
late the length of the lookbehind.
@@ -461,35 +477,40 @@
An opening square bracket introduces a character class, terminated by a
closing square bracket. A closing square bracket on its own is not spe-
cial. If a closing square bracket is required as a member of the class,
- it should be the first data character in the class (after an initial
+ it should be the first data character in the class (after an initial
circumflex, if present) or escaped with a backslash.
- A character class matches a single character in the subject. In UTF-8
- mode, the character may occupy more than one byte. A matched character
+ A character class matches a single character in the subject. In UTF-8
+ mode, the character may occupy more than one byte. A matched character
must be in the set of characters defined by the class, unless the first
- character in the class definition is a circumflex, in which case the
- subject character must not be in the set defined by the class. If a
- circumflex is actually required as a member of the class, ensure it is
+ character in the class definition is a circumflex, in which case the
+ subject character must not be in the set defined by the class. If a
+ circumflex is actually required as a member of the class, ensure it is
not the first character, or escape it with a backslash.
- For example, the character class [aeiou] matches any lower case vowel,
- while [^aeiou] matches any character that is not a lower case vowel.
+ For example, the character class [aeiou] matches any lower case vowel,
+ while [^aeiou] matches any character that is not a lower case vowel.
Note that a circumflex is just a convenient notation for specifying the
- characters that are in the class by enumerating those that are not. A
- class that starts with a circumflex is not an assertion: it still con-
- sumes a character from the subject string, and therefore it fails if
+ characters that are in the class by enumerating those that are not. A
+ class that starts with a circumflex is not an assertion: it still con-
+ sumes a character from the subject string, and therefore it fails if
the current pointer is at the end of the string.
- In UTF-8 mode, characters with values greater than 255 can be included
- in a class as a literal string of bytes, or by using the \x{ escaping
+ In UTF-8 mode, characters with values greater than 255 can be included
+ in a class as a literal string of bytes, or by using the \x{ escaping
mechanism.
- When caseless matching is set, any letters in a class represent both
- their upper case and lower case versions, so for example, a caseless
- [aeiou] matches "A" as well as "a", and a caseless [^aeiou] does not
- match "A", whereas a caseful version would. When running in UTF-8 mode,
- PCRE supports the concept of case for characters with values greater
- than 128 only when it is compiled with Unicode property support.
+ When caseless matching is set, any letters in a class represent both
+ their upper case and lower case versions, so for example, a caseless
+ [aeiou] matches "A" as well as "a", and a caseless [^aeiou] does not
+ match "A", whereas a caseful version would. In UTF-8 mode, PCRE always
+ understands the concept of case for characters whose values are less
+ than 128, so caseless matching is always possible. For characters with
+ higher values, the concept of case is supported if PCRE is compiled
+ with Unicode property support, but not otherwise. If you want to use
+ caseless matching for characters 128 and above, you must ensure that
+ PCRE is compiled with Unicode property support as well as with UTF-8
+ support.
The newline character is never treated in any special way in character
classes, whatever the setting of the PCRE_DOTALL or PCRE_MULTILINE
@@ -1409,5 +1430,5 @@
gether. A complete description of the interface to the callout function
is given in the pcrecallout documentation.
-Last updated: 09 September 2004
-Copyright (c) 1997-2004 University of Cambridge.
+Last updated: 28 February 2005
+Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge.
Index: pcretest.txt
===================================================================
RCS file: /home/cvs/exim/exim-doc/doc-txt/pcretest.txt,v
retrieving revision 1.1
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2
--- pcretest.txt 7 Oct 2004 15:04:35 -0000 1.1
+++ pcretest.txt 15 Jun 2005 08:57:10 -0000 1.2
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-This file contains the PCRE man page that described the pcretest program. Note
-that not all of the features of PCRE are available in the limited version that
+This file contains the PCRE man page that described the pcretest program. Note
+that not all of the features of PCRE are available in the limited version that
is built with Exim.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
SYNOPSIS
- pcretest [-C] [-d] [-i] [-m] [-o osize] [-p] [-t] [source]
+ pcretest [-C] [-d] [-dfa] [-i] [-m] [-o osize] [-p] [-t] [source]
[destination]
pcretest was written as a test program for the PCRE regular expression
@@ -29,95 +29,100 @@
able information about the optional features that are
included, and then exit.
- -d Behave as if each regex had the /D (debug) modifier; the
+ -d Behave as if each regex has the /D (debug) modifier; the
internal form is output after compilation.
- -i Behave as if each regex had the /I modifier; information
+ -dfa Behave as if each data line contains the \D escape sequence;
+ this causes the alternative matching function,
+ pcre_dfa_exec(), to be used instead of the standard
+ pcre_exec() function (more detail is given below).
+
+ -i Behave as if each regex has the /I modifier; information
about the compiled pattern is given after compilation.
- -m Output the size of each compiled pattern after it has been
- compiled. This is equivalent to adding /M to each regular
- expression. For compatibility with earlier versions of
+ -m Output the size of each compiled pattern after it has been
+ compiled. This is equivalent to adding /M to each regular
+ expression. For compatibility with earlier versions of
pcretest, -s is a synonym for -m.
- -o osize Set the number of elements in the output vector that is used
- when calling pcre_exec() to be osize. The default value is
+ -o osize Set the number of elements in the output vector that is used
+ when calling pcre_exec() to be osize. The default value is
45, which is enough for 14 capturing subexpressions. The vec-
- tor size can be changed for individual matching calls by
+ tor size can be changed for individual matching calls by
including \O in the data line (see below).
- -p Behave as if each regex has /P modifier; the POSIX wrapper
- API is used to call PCRE. None of the other options has any
- effect when -p is set.
-
- -t Run each compile, study, and match many times with a timer,
- and output resulting time per compile or match (in millisec-
- onds). Do not set -m with -t, because you will then get the
- size output a zillion times, and the timing will be dis-
+ -p Behave as if each regex has the /P modifier; the POSIX wrap-
+ per API is used to call PCRE. None of the other options has
+ any effect when -p is set.
+
+ -t Run each compile, study, and match many times with a timer,
+ and output resulting time per compile or match (in millisec-
+ onds). Do not set -m with -t, because you will then get the
+ size output a zillion times, and the timing will be dis-
torted.
DESCRIPTION
- If pcretest is given two filename arguments, it reads from the first
+ If pcretest is given two filename arguments, it reads from the first
and writes to the second. If it is given only one filename argument, it
- reads from that file and writes to stdout. Otherwise, it reads from
- stdin and writes to stdout, and prompts for each line of input, using
+ reads from that file and writes to stdout. Otherwise, it reads from
+ stdin and writes to stdout, and prompts for each line of input, using
"re>" to prompt for regular expressions, and "data>" to prompt for data
lines.
The program handles any number of sets of input on a single input file.
- Each set starts with a regular expression, and continues with any num-
+ Each set starts with a regular expression, and continues with any num-
ber of data lines to be matched against the pattern.
- Each data line is matched separately and independently. If you want to
- do multiple-line matches, you have to use the \n escape sequence in a
- single line of input to encode the newline characters. The maximum
+ Each data line is matched separately and independently. If you want to
+ do multiple-line matches, you have to use the \n escape sequence in a
+ single line of input to encode the newline characters. The maximum
length of data line is 30,000 characters.
- An empty line signals the end of the data lines, at which point a new
- regular expression is read. The regular expressions are given enclosed
+ An empty line signals the end of the data lines, at which point a new
+ regular expression is read. The regular expressions are given enclosed
in any non-alphanumeric delimiters other than backslash, for example
/(a|bc)x+yz/
- White space before the initial delimiter is ignored. A regular expres-
- sion may be continued over several input lines, in which case the new-
- line characters are included within it. It is possible to include the
+ White space before the initial delimiter is ignored. A regular expres-
+ sion may be continued over several input lines, in which case the new-
+ line characters are included within it. It is possible to include the
delimiter within the pattern by escaping it, for example
/abc\/def/
- If you do so, the escape and the delimiter form part of the pattern,
- but since delimiters are always non-alphanumeric, this does not affect
- its interpretation. If the terminating delimiter is immediately fol-
+ If you do so, the escape and the delimiter form part of the pattern,
+ but since delimiters are always non-alphanumeric, this does not affect
+ its interpretation. If the terminating delimiter is immediately fol-
lowed by a backslash, for example,
/abc/\
- then a backslash is added to the end of the pattern. This is done to
- provide a way of testing the error condition that arises if a pattern
+ then a backslash is added to the end of the pattern. This is done to
+ provide a way of testing the error condition that arises if a pattern
finishes with a backslash, because
/abc\/
- is interpreted as the first line of a pattern that starts with "abc/",
+ is interpreted as the first line of a pattern that starts with "abc/",
causing pcretest to read the next line as a continuation of the regular
expression.
PATTERN MODIFIERS
- A pattern may be followed by any number of modifiers, which are mostly
- single characters. Following Perl usage, these are referred to below
- as, for example, "the /i modifier", even though the delimiter of the
- pattern need not always be a slash, and no slash is used when writing
- modifiers. Whitespace may appear between the final pattern delimiter
+ A pattern may be followed by any number of modifiers, which are mostly
+ single characters. Following Perl usage, these are referred to below
+ as, for example, "the /i modifier", even though the delimiter of the
+ pattern need not always be a slash, and no slash is used when writing
+ modifiers. Whitespace may appear between the final pattern delimiter
and the first modifier, and between the modifiers themselves.
The /i, /m, /s, and /x modifiers set the PCRE_CASELESS, PCRE_MULTILINE,
- PCRE_DOTALL, or PCRE_EXTENDED options, respectively, when pcre_com-
- pile() is called. These four modifier letters have the same effect as
+ PCRE_DOTALL, or PCRE_EXTENDED options, respectively, when pcre_com-
+ pile() is called. These four modifier letters have the same effect as
they do in Perl. For example:
/caseless/i
@@ -128,95 +133,96 @@
/A PCRE_ANCHORED
/C PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT
/E PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY
+ /f PCRE_FIRSTLINE
/N PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE
/U PCRE_UNGREEDY
/X PCRE_EXTRA
- Searching for all possible matches within each subject string can be
- requested by the /g or /G modifier. After finding a match, PCRE is
+ Searching for all possible matches within each subject string can be
+ requested by the /g or /G modifier. After finding a match, PCRE is
called again to search the remainder of the subject string. The differ-
ence between /g and /G is that the former uses the startoffset argument
- to pcre_exec() to start searching at a new point within the entire
- string (which is in effect what Perl does), whereas the latter passes
- over a shortened substring. This makes a difference to the matching
+ to pcre_exec() to start searching at a new point within the entire
+ string (which is in effect what Perl does), whereas the latter passes
+ over a shortened substring. This makes a difference to the matching
process if the pattern begins with a lookbehind assertion (including \b
or \B).
- If any call to pcre_exec() in a /g or /G sequence matches an empty
- string, the next call is done with the PCRE_NOTEMPTY and PCRE_ANCHORED
- flags set in order to search for another, non-empty, match at the same
- point. If this second match fails, the start offset is advanced by
- one, and the normal match is retried. This imitates the way Perl han-
+ If any call to pcre_exec() in a /g or /G sequence matches an empty
+ string, the next call is done with the PCRE_NOTEMPTY and PCRE_ANCHORED
+ flags set in order to search for another, non-empty, match at the same
+ point. If this second match fails, the start offset is advanced by
+ one, and the normal match is retried. This imitates the way Perl han-
dles such cases when using the /g modifier or the split() function.
There are yet more modifiers for controlling the way pcretest operates.
- The /+ modifier requests that as well as outputting the substring that
- matched the entire pattern, pcretest should in addition output the
- remainder of the subject string. This is useful for tests where the
+ The /+ modifier requests that as well as outputting the substring that
+ matched the entire pattern, pcretest should in addition output the
+ remainder of the subject string. This is useful for tests where the
subject contains multiple copies of the same substring.
- The /L modifier must be followed directly by the name of a locale, for
+ The /L modifier must be followed directly by the name of a locale, for
example,
/pattern/Lfr_FR
For this reason, it must be the last modifier. The given locale is set,
- pcre_maketables() is called to build a set of character tables for the
- locale, and this is then passed to pcre_compile() when compiling the
- regular expression. Without an /L modifier, NULL is passed as the
- tables pointer; that is, /L applies only to the expression on which it
+ pcre_maketables() is called to build a set of character tables for the
+ locale, and this is then passed to pcre_compile() when compiling the
+ regular expression. Without an /L modifier, NULL is passed as the
+ tables pointer; that is, /L applies only to the expression on which it
appears.
- The /I modifier requests that pcretest output information about the
- compiled pattern (whether it is anchored, has a fixed first character,
- and so on). It does this by calling pcre_fullinfo() after compiling a
- pattern. If the pattern is studied, the results of that are also out-
+ The /I modifier requests that pcretest output information about the
+ compiled pattern (whether it is anchored, has a fixed first character,
+ and so on). It does this by calling pcre_fullinfo() after compiling a
+ pattern. If the pattern is studied, the results of that are also out-
put.
The /D modifier is a PCRE debugging feature, which also assumes /I. It
- causes the internal form of compiled regular expressions to be output
+ causes the internal form of compiled regular expressions to be output
after compilation. If the pattern was studied, the information returned
is also output.
The /F modifier causes pcretest to flip the byte order of the fields in
- the compiled pattern that contain 2-byte and 4-byte numbers. This
- facility is for testing the feature in PCRE that allows it to execute
+ the compiled pattern that contain 2-byte and 4-byte numbers. This
+ facility is for testing the feature in PCRE that allows it to execute
patterns that were compiled on a host with a different endianness. This
- feature is not available when the POSIX interface to PCRE is being
- used, that is, when the /P pattern modifier is specified. See also the
+ feature is not available when the POSIX interface to PCRE is being
+ used, that is, when the /P pattern modifier is specified. See also the
section about saving and reloading compiled patterns below.
- The /S modifier causes pcre_study() to be called after the expression
+ The /S modifier causes pcre_study() to be called after the expression
has been compiled, and the results used when the expression is matched.
- The /M modifier causes the size of memory block used to hold the com-
+ The /M modifier causes the size of memory block used to hold the com-
piled pattern to be output.
- The /P modifier causes pcretest to call PCRE via the POSIX wrapper API
- rather than its native API. When this is done, all other modifiers
- except /i, /m, and /+ are ignored. REG_ICASE is set if /i is present,
- and REG_NEWLINE is set if /m is present. The wrapper functions force
- PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY always, and PCRE_DOTALL unless REG_NEWLINE is set.
-
- The /8 modifier causes pcretest to call PCRE with the PCRE_UTF8 option
- set. This turns on support for UTF-8 character handling in PCRE, pro-
- vided that it was compiled with this support enabled. This modifier
+ The /P modifier causes pcretest to call PCRE via the POSIX wrapper API
+ rather than its native API. When this is done, all other modifiers
+ except /i, /m, and /+ are ignored. REG_ICASE is set if /i is present,
+ and REG_NEWLINE is set if /m is present. The wrapper functions force
+ PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY always, and PCRE_DOTALL unless REG_NEWLINE is set.
+
+ The /8 modifier causes pcretest to call PCRE with the PCRE_UTF8 option
+ set. This turns on support for UTF-8 character handling in PCRE, pro-
+ vided that it was compiled with this support enabled. This modifier
also causes any non-printing characters in output strings to be printed
using the \x{hh...} notation if they are valid UTF-8 sequences.
- If the /? modifier is used with /8, it causes pcretest to call
- pcre_compile() with the PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK option, to suppress the
+ If the /? modifier is used with /8, it causes pcretest to call
+ pcre_compile() with the PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK option, to suppress the
checking of the string for UTF-8 validity.
DATA LINES
- Before each data line is passed to pcre_exec(), leading and trailing
- whitespace is removed, and it is then scanned for \ escapes. Some of
- these are pretty esoteric features, intended for checking out some of
- the more complicated features of PCRE. If you are just testing "ordi-
- nary" regular expressions, you probably don't need any of these. The
+ Before each data line is passed to pcre_exec(), leading and trailing
+ whitespace is removed, and it is then scanned for \ escapes. Some of
+ these are pretty esoteric features, intended for checking out some of
+ the more complicated features of PCRE. If you are just testing "ordi-
+ nary" regular expressions, you probably don't need any of these. The
following escapes are recognized:
\a alarm (= BEL)
@@ -247,6 +253,8 @@
reached for the nth time
\C*n pass the number n (may be negative) as callout
data; this is used as the callout return value
+ \D use the pcre_dfa_exec() match function
+ \F only shortest match for pcre_dfa_exec()
\Gdd call pcre_get_substring() for substring dd
after a successful match (number less than 32)
\Gname call pcre_get_named_substring() for substring
@@ -259,6 +267,8 @@
\Odd set the size of the output vector passed to
pcre_exec() to dd (any number of digits)
\P pass the PCRE_PARTIAL option to pcre_exec()
+ or pcre_dfa_exec()
+ \R pass the PCRE_DFA_RESTART option to pcre_dfa_exec()
\S output details of memory get/free calls during matching
\Z pass the PCRE_NOTEOL option to pcre_exec()
\? pass the PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK option to
@@ -266,35 +276,53 @@
\>dd start the match at offset dd (any number of digits);
this sets the startoffset argument for pcre_exec()
- A backslash followed by anything else just escapes the anything else.
- If the very last character is a backslash, it is ignored. This gives a
- way of passing an empty line as data, since a real empty line termi-
+ A backslash followed by anything else just escapes the anything else.
+ If the very last character is a backslash, it is ignored. This gives a
+ way of passing an empty line as data, since a real empty line termi-
nates the data input.
- If \M is present, pcretest calls pcre_exec() several times, with dif-
- ferent values in the match_limit field of the pcre_extra data struc-
- ture, until it finds the minimum number that is needed for pcre_exec()
- to complete. This number is a measure of the amount of recursion and
- backtracking that takes place, and checking it out can be instructive.
- For most simple matches, the number is quite small, but for patterns
- with very large numbers of matching possibilities, it can become large
+ If \M is present, pcretest calls pcre_exec() several times, with dif-
+ ferent values in the match_limit field of the pcre_extra data struc-
+ ture, until it finds the minimum number that is needed for pcre_exec()
+ to complete. This number is a measure of the amount of recursion and
+ backtracking that takes place, and checking it out can be instructive.
+ For most simple matches, the number is quite small, but for patterns
+ with very large numbers of matching possibilities, it can become large
very quickly with increasing length of subject string.
- When \O is used, the value specified may be higher or lower than the
+ When \O is used, the value specified may be higher or lower than the
size set by the -O command line option (or defaulted to 45); \O applies
only to the call of pcre_exec() for the line in which it appears.
- If the /P modifier was present on the pattern, causing the POSIX wrap-
- per API to be used, only \B and \Z have any effect, causing REG_NOTBOL
+ If the /P modifier was present on the pattern, causing the POSIX wrap-
+ per API to be used, only \B and \Z have any effect, causing REG_NOTBOL
and REG_NOTEOL to be passed to regexec() respectively.
- The use of \x{hh...} to represent UTF-8 characters is not dependent on
- the use of the /8 modifier on the pattern. It is recognized always.
- There may be any number of hexadecimal digits inside the braces. The
- result is from one to six bytes, encoded according to the UTF-8 rules.
+ The use of \x{hh...} to represent UTF-8 characters is not dependent on
+ the use of the /8 modifier on the pattern. It is recognized always.
+ There may be any number of hexadecimal digits inside the braces. The
+ result is from one to six bytes, encoded according to the UTF-8 rules.
+
+
+THE ALTERNATIVE MATCHING FUNCTION
+
+ By default, pcretest uses the standard PCRE matching function,
+ pcre_exec() to match each data line. From release 6.0, PCRE supports an
+ alternative matching function, pcre_dfa_test(), which operates in a
+ different way, and has some restrictions. The differences between the
+ two functions are described in the pcrematching documentation.
+
+ If a data line contains the \D escape sequence, or if the command line
+ contains the -dfa option, the alternative matching function is called.
+ This function finds all possible matches at a given point. If, however,
+ the \F escape sequence is present in the data line, it stops after the
+ first match is found. This is always the shortest possible match.
-OUTPUT FROM PCRETEST
+DEFAULT OUTPUT FROM PCRETEST
+
+ This section describes the output when the normal matching function,
+ pcre_exec(), is being used.
When a match succeeds, pcretest outputs the list of captured substrings
that pcre_exec() returns, starting with number 0 for the string that
@@ -350,25 +378,76 @@
lines can be included in data by means of the \n escape.
+OUTPUT FROM THE ALTERNATIVE MATCHING FUNCTION
+
+ When the alternative matching function, pcre_dfa_exec(), is used (by
+ means of the \D escape sequence or the -dfa command line option), the
+ output consists of a list of all the matches that start at the first
+ point in the subject where there is at least one match. For example:
+
+ re> /(tang|tangerine|tan)/
+ data> yellow tangerine\D
+ 0: tangerine
+ 1: tang
+ 2: tan
+
+ (Using the normal matching function on this data finds only "tang".)
+ The longest matching string is always given first (and numbered zero).
+
+ If /gP is present on the pattern, the search for further matches
+ resumes at the end of the longest match. For example:
+
+ re> /(tang|tangerine|tan)/g
+ data> yellow tangerine and tangy sultana\D
+ 0: tangerine
+ 1: tang
+ 2: tan
+ 0: tang
+ 1: tan
+ 0: tan
+
+ Since the matching function does not support substring capture, the
+ escape sequences that are concerned with captured substrings are not
+ relevant.
+
+
+RESTARTING AFTER A PARTIAL MATCH
+
+ When the alternative matching function has given the PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL
+ return, indicating that the subject partially matched the pattern, you
+ can restart the match with additional subject data by means of the \R
+ escape sequence. For example:
+
+ re> /^?(jan|feb|mar|apr|may|jun|jul|aug|sep|oct|nov|dec)$/
+ data> 23ja\P\D
+ Partial match: 23ja
+ data> n05\R\D
+ 0: n05
+
+ For further information about partial matching, see the pcrepartial
+ documentation.
+
+
CALLOUTS
If the pattern contains any callout requests, pcretest's callout func-
- tion is called during matching. By default, it displays the callout
- number, the start and current positions in the text at the callout
- time, and the next pattern item to be tested. For example, the output
+ tion is called during matching. This works with both matching func-
+ tions. By default, the called function displays the callout number, the
+ start and current positions in the text at the callout time, and the
+ next pattern item to be tested. For example, the output
--->pqrabcdef
0 ^ ^ \d
- indicates that callout number 0 occurred for a match attempt starting
- at the fourth character of the subject string, when the pointer was at
- the seventh character of the data, and when the next pattern item was
- \d. Just one circumflex is output if the start and current positions
+ indicates that callout number 0 occurred for a match attempt starting
+ at the fourth character of the subject string, when the pointer was at
+ the seventh character of the data, and when the next pattern item was
+ \d. Just one circumflex is output if the start and current positions
are the same.
Callouts numbered 255 are assumed to be automatic callouts, inserted as
- a result of the /C pattern modifier. In this case, instead of showing
- the callout number, the offset in the pattern, preceded by a plus, is
+ a result of the /C pattern modifier. In this case, instead of showing
+ the callout number, the offset in the pattern, preceded by a plus, is
output. For example:
re> /\d?[A-E]\*/C
@@ -380,76 +459,76 @@
+10 ^ ^
0: E*
- The callout function in pcretest returns zero (carry on matching) by
- default, but you can use an \C item in a data line (as described above)
+ The callout function in pcretest returns zero (carry on matching) by
+ default, but you can use a \C item in a data line (as described above)
to change this.
- Inserting callouts can be helpful when using pcretest to check compli-
- cated regular expressions. For further information about callouts, see
+ Inserting callouts can be helpful when using pcretest to check compli-
+ cated regular expressions. For further information about callouts, see
the pcrecallout documentation.
SAVING AND RELOADING COMPILED PATTERNS
- The facilities described in this section are not available when the
+ The facilities described in this section are not available when the
POSIX inteface to PCRE is being used, that is, when the /P pattern mod-
ifier is specified.
When the POSIX interface is not in use, you can cause pcretest to write
- a compiled pattern to a file, by following the modifiers with > and a
+ a compiled pattern to a file, by following the modifiers with > and a
file name. For example:
/pattern/im >/some/file
- See the pcreprecompile documentation for a discussion about saving and
+ See the pcreprecompile documentation for a discussion about saving and
re-using compiled patterns.
- The data that is written is binary. The first eight bytes are the
- length of the compiled pattern data followed by the length of the
- optional study data, each written as four bytes in big-endian order
- (most significant byte first). If there is no study data (either the
+ The data that is written is binary. The first eight bytes are the
+ length of the compiled pattern data followed by the length of the
+ optional study data, each written as four bytes in big-endian order
+ (most significant byte first). If there is no study data (either the
pattern was not studied, or studying did not return any data), the sec-
- ond length is zero. The lengths are followed by an exact copy of the
+ ond length is zero. The lengths are followed by an exact copy of the
compiled pattern. If there is additional study data, this follows imme-
- diately after the compiled pattern. After writing the file, pcretest
+ diately after the compiled pattern. After writing the file, pcretest
expects to read a new pattern.
A saved pattern can be reloaded into pcretest by specifing < and a file
- name instead of a pattern. The name of the file must not contain a <
- character, as otherwise pcretest will interpret the line as a pattern
+ name instead of a pattern. The name of the file must not contain a <
+ character, as otherwise pcretest will interpret the line as a pattern
delimited by < characters. For example:
re> </some/file
Compiled regex loaded from /some/file
No study data
- When the pattern has been loaded, pcretest proceeds to read data lines
+ When the pattern has been loaded, pcretest proceeds to read data lines
in the usual way.
- You can copy a file written by pcretest to a different host and reload
- it there, even if the new host has opposite endianness to the one on
- which the pattern was compiled. For example, you can compile on an i86
+ You can copy a file written by pcretest to a different host and reload
+ it there, even if the new host has opposite endianness to the one on
+ which the pattern was compiled. For example, you can compile on an i86
machine and run on a SPARC machine.
- File names for saving and reloading can be absolute or relative, but
- note that the shell facility of expanding a file name that starts with
+ File names for saving and reloading can be absolute or relative, but
+ note that the shell facility of expanding a file name that starts with
a tilde (~) is not available.
- The ability to save and reload files in pcretest is intended for test-
- ing and experimentation. It is not intended for production use because
- only a single pattern can be written to a file. Furthermore, there is
- no facility for supplying custom character tables for use with a
- reloaded pattern. If the original pattern was compiled with custom
- tables, an attempt to match a subject string using a reloaded pattern
- is likely to cause pcretest to crash. Finally, if you attempt to load
+ The ability to save and reload files in pcretest is intended for test-
+ ing and experimentation. It is not intended for production use because
+ only a single pattern can be written to a file. Furthermore, there is
+ no facility for supplying custom character tables for use with a
+ reloaded pattern. If the original pattern was compiled with custom
+ tables, an attempt to match a subject string using a reloaded pattern
+ is likely to cause pcretest to crash. Finally, if you attempt to load
a file that is not in the correct format, the result is undefined.
AUTHOR
- Philip Hazel <ph10@???>
+ Philip Hazel
University Computing Service,
Cambridge CB2 3QG, England.
-Last updated: 10 September 2004
-Copyright (c) 1997-2004 University of Cambridge.
+Last updated: 28 February 2005
+Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge.
Index: MakeLinks
===================================================================
RCS file: /home/cvs/exim/exim-src/scripts/MakeLinks,v
retrieving revision 1.4
retrieving revision 1.5
diff -u -r1.4 -r1.5
--- MakeLinks 25 May 2005 20:07:55 -0000 1.4
+++ MakeLinks 15 Jun 2005 08:57:10 -0000 1.5
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#!/bin/sh
-# $Cambridge: exim/exim-src/scripts/MakeLinks,v 1.4 2005/05/25 20:07:55 tom Exp $
+# $Cambridge: exim/exim-src/scripts/MakeLinks,v 1.5 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $
# Script to build links for all the exim source files from the system-
# specific build directory. It should be run from within that directory.
@@ -33,14 +33,22 @@
ln -s ../../src/pcre/Makefile Makefile
ln -s ../../src/pcre/config.h config.h
ln -s ../../src/pcre/dftables.c dftables.c
-ln -s ../../src/pcre/internal.h internal.h
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_internal.h pcre_internal.h
ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre.h pcre.h
-ln -s ../../src/pcre/maketables.c maketables.c
-ln -s ../../src/pcre/get.c get.c
-ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre.c pcre.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_maketables.c pcre_maketables.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_config.c pcre_config.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_get.c pcre_get.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_globals.c pcre_globals.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_compile.c pcre_compile.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_exec.c pcre_exec.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c pcre_fullinfo.c
ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcretest.c pcretest.c
-ln -s ../../src/pcre/printint.c printint.c
-ln -s ../../src/pcre/study.c study.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_printint.c pcre_printint.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_study.c pcre_study.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_tables.c pcre_tables.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_try_flipped.c pcre_try_flipped.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_version.c pcre_version.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/ucp.h ucp.h
cd ..
# Likewise for the lookups
Index: pcre_compile.c
====================================================================
/* $Cambridge: exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_compile.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
/*************************************************
* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
*************************************************/
/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
Written by Philip Hazel
Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
#include "pcre_internal.h"
/*************************************************
* Code parameters and static tables *
*************************************************/
/* Maximum number of items on the nested bracket stacks at compile time. This
applies to the nesting of all kinds of parentheses. It does not limit
un-nested, non-capturing parentheses. This number can be made bigger if
necessary - it is used to dimension one int and one unsigned char vector at
compile time. */
#define BRASTACK_SIZE 200
/* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
is invalid. */
#if !EBCDIC /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems */
static const short int escapes[] = {
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0 - 7 */
0, 0, ':', ';', '<', '=', '>', '?', /* 8 - ? */
'@', -ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D, -ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G, /* @ - G */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* H - O */
-ESC_P, -ESC_Q, 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0, 0, -ESC_W, /* P - W */
-ESC_X, 0, -ESC_Z, '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_', /* X - _ */
'`', 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0, /* ` - g */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ESC_n, 0, /* h - o */
-ESC_p, 0, ESC_r, -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0, 0, -ESC_w, /* p - w */
0, 0, -ESC_z /* x - z */
};
#else /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems */
static const short int escapes[] = {
/* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|',
/* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
/* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~',
/* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
/* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?',
/* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
/* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"',
/* 80 */ 0, 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0,
/* 88 */ 0, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0,
/* 90 */ 0, 0, 0, 'l', 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p,
/* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0,
/* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0, 0, -ESC_w, 0,
/* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0,
/* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
/* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-',
/* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G,
/* C8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
/* D0 */ '}', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -ESC_P,
/* D8 */-ESC_Q, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
/* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0, 0, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
/* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
/* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
/* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
};
#endif
/* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The list is
terminated by a zero length entry. The first three must be alpha, upper, lower,
as this is assumed for handling case independence. */
static const char *const posix_names[] = {
"alpha", "lower", "upper",
"alnum", "ascii", "blank", "cntrl", "digit", "graph",
"print", "punct", "space", "word", "xdigit" };
static const uschar posix_name_lengths[] = {
5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
/* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class; up to three may be combined
to form the class. The table for [:blank:] is dynamically modified to remove
the vertical space characters. */
static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
cbit_lower, cbit_upper, -1, /* alpha */
cbit_lower, -1, -1, /* lower */
cbit_upper, -1, -1, /* upper */
cbit_digit, cbit_lower, cbit_upper, /* alnum */
cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, -1, /* ascii */
cbit_space, -1, -1, /* blank - a GNU extension */
cbit_cntrl, -1, -1, /* cntrl */
cbit_digit, -1, -1, /* digit */
cbit_graph, -1, -1, /* graph */
cbit_print, -1, -1, /* print */
cbit_punct, -1, -1, /* punct */
cbit_space, -1, -1, /* space */
cbit_word, -1, -1, /* word - a Perl extension */
cbit_xdigit,-1, -1 /* xdigit */
};
/* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
are passed to the outside world. */
static const char *error_texts[] = {
"no error",
"\\ at end of pattern",
"\\c at end of pattern",
"unrecognized character follows \\",
"numbers out of order in {} quantifier",
/* 5 */
"number too big in {} quantifier",
"missing terminating ] for character class",
"invalid escape sequence in character class",
"range out of order in character class",
"nothing to repeat",
/* 10 */
"operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string",
"internal error: unexpected repeat",
"unrecognized character after (?",
"POSIX named classes are supported only within a class",
"missing )",
/* 15 */
"reference to non-existent subpattern",
"erroffset passed as NULL",
"unknown option bit(s) set",
"missing ) after comment",
"parentheses nested too deeply",
/* 20 */
"regular expression too large",
"failed to get memory",
"unmatched parentheses",
"internal error: code overflow",
"unrecognized character after (?<",
/* 25 */
"lookbehind assertion is not fixed length",
"malformed number after (?(",
"conditional group contains more than two branches",
"assertion expected after (?(",
"(?R or (?digits must be followed by )",
/* 30 */
"unknown POSIX class name",
"POSIX collating elements are not supported",
"this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UTF8 support",
"spare error",
"character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large",
/* 35 */
"invalid condition (?(0)",
"\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion",
"PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N, \\U, or \\u",
"number after (?C is > 255",
"closing ) for (?C expected",
/* 40 */
"recursive call could loop indefinitely",
"unrecognized character after (?P",
"syntax error after (?P",
"two named groups have the same name",
"invalid UTF-8 string",
/* 45 */
"support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled",
"malformed \\P or \\p sequence",
"unknown property name after \\P or \\p"
};
/* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
efficiently.
For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
0x04 decimal digit
0x08 hexadecimal digit
Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
#if !EBCDIC /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems */
static const unsigned char digitab[] =
{
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */
0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */
0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
#else /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems */
static const unsigned char digitab[] =
{
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- ¬ */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */
0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */
0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */
static const unsigned char ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */
0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- ¬ */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */
0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */
0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */
0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */
0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */
0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */
0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */
0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */
0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */
0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */
#endif
/* Definition to allow mutual recursion */
static BOOL
compile_regex(int, int, int *, uschar **, const uschar **, int *, BOOL, int,
int *, int *, branch_chain *, compile_data *);
/*************************************************
* Handle escapes *
*************************************************/
/* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or a negative value which
encodes one of the more complicated things such as \d. When UTF-8 is enabled,
a positive value greater than 255 may be returned. On entry, ptr is pointing at
the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape sequence.
Arguments:
ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer
errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable
bracount number of previous extracting brackets
options the options bits
isclass TRUE if inside a character class
Returns: zero or positive => a data character
negative => a special escape sequence
on error, errorptr is set
*/
static int
check_escape(const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount,
int options, BOOL isclass)
{
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
int c, i;
/* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
c = *(++ptr);
if (c == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
/* Non-alphamerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup in
a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
Otherwise further processing may be required. */
#if !EBCDIC /* ASCII coding */
else if (c < '0' || c > 'z') {} /* Not alphameric */
else if ((i = escapes[c - '0']) != 0) c = i;
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
else if (c < 'a' || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0) {} /* Not alphameric */
else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) c = i;
#endif
/* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
else
{
const uschar *oldptr;
switch (c)
{
/* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
error. */
case 'l':
case 'L':
case 'N':
case 'u':
case 'U':
*errorcodeptr = ERR37;
break;
/* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment,
the way Perl works seems to be as follows:
Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting
left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal
digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal
123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal
value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a
character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */
case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
if (!isclass)
{
oldptr = ptr;
c -= '0';
while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - '0';
if (c < 10 || c <= bracount)
{
c = -(ESC_REF + c);
break;
}
ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
}
/* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl
generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal.
Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */
if ((c = *ptr) >= '8')
{
ptr--;
c = 0;
break;
}
/* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
larger first octal digit. */
case '0':
c -= '0';
while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= '0' && ptr[1] <= '7')
c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - '0';
c &= 255; /* Take least significant 8 bits */
break;
/* \x is complicated when UTF-8 is enabled. \x{ddd} is a character number
which can be greater than 0xff, but only if the ddd are hex digits. */
case 'x':
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (ptr[1] == '{' && (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
{
const uschar *pt = ptr + 2;
register int count = 0;
c = 0;
while ((digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
{
int cc = *pt++;
count++;
#if !EBCDIC /* ASCII coding */
if (cc >= 'a') cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < 'A')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
if (cc >= 'a' && cc <= 'z') cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= '0')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
#endif
}
if (*pt == '}')
{
if (c < 0 || count > 8) *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
ptr = pt;
break;
}
/* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't
recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */
}
#endif
/* Read just a single hex char */
c = 0;
while (i++ < 2 && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
{
int cc; /* Some compilers don't like ++ */
cc = *(++ptr); /* in initializers */
#if !EBCDIC /* ASCII coding */
if (cc >= 'a') cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < 'A')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
if (cc <= 'z') cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= '0')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
#endif
}
break;
/* Other special escapes not starting with a digit are straightforward */
case 'c':
c = *(++ptr);
if (c == 0)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR2;
return 0;
}
/* A letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped. This coding
is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is ASCII-specific.
(However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
#if !EBCDIC /* ASCII coding */
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') c -= 32;
c ^= 0x40;
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') c += 64;
c ^= 0xC0;
#endif
break;
/* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
other alphameric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set; otherwise,
for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit odd, but
there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may be again
in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
default:
if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
{
default:
*errorcodeptr = ERR3;
break;
}
break;
}
}
*ptrptr = ptr;
return c;
}
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
/*************************************************
* Handle \P and \p *
*************************************************/
/* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
escape sequence.
Argument:
ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer
negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
errorcodeptr points to the error code variable
Returns: value from ucp_type_table, or -1 for an invalid type
*/
static int
get_ucp(const uschar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, int *errorcodeptr)
{
int c, i, bot, top;
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
char name[4];
c = *(++ptr);
if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
*negptr = FALSE;
/* \P or \p can be followed by a one- or two-character name in {}, optionally
preceded by ^ for negation. */
if (c == '{')
{
if (ptr[1] == '^')
{
*negptr = TRUE;
ptr++;
}
for (i = 0; i <= 2; i++)
{
c = *(++ptr);
if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
if (c == '}') break;
name[i] = c;
}
if (c !='}') /* Try to distinguish error cases */
{
while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != '}');
if (*ptr == '}') goto UNKNOWN_RETURN; else goto ERROR_RETURN;
}
name[i] = 0;
}
/* Otherwise there is just one following character */
else
{
name[0] = c;
name[1] = 0;
}
*ptrptr = ptr;
/* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
bot = 0;
top = _pcre_utt_size;
while (bot < top)
{
i = (bot + top)/2;
c = strcmp(name, _pcre_utt[i].name);
if (c == 0) return _pcre_utt[i].value;
if (c > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
}
UNKNOWN_RETURN:
*errorcodeptr = ERR47;
*ptrptr = ptr;
return -1;
ERROR_RETURN:
*errorcodeptr = ERR46;
*ptrptr = ptr;
return -1;
}
#endif
/*************************************************
* Check for counted repeat *
*************************************************/
/* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
where the ddds are digits.
Arguments:
p pointer to the first char after '{'
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
*/
static BOOL
is_counted_repeat(const uschar *p)
{
if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
if (*p == '}') return TRUE;
if (*p++ != ',') return FALSE;
if (*p == '}') return TRUE;
if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
return (*p == '}');
}
/*************************************************
* Read repeat counts *
*************************************************/
/* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
Arguments:
p pointer to first char after '{'
minp pointer to int for min
maxp pointer to int for max
returned as -1 if no max
errorcodeptr points to error code variable
Returns: pointer to '}' on success;
current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
*/
static const uschar *
read_repeat_counts(const uschar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
{
int min = 0;
int max = -1;
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) min = min * 10 + *p++ - '0';
if (*p == '}') max = min; else
{
if (*(++p) != '}')
{
max = 0;
while((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) max = max * 10 + *p++ - '0';
if (max < min)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR4;
return p;
}
}
}
/* Do paranoid checks, then fill in the required variables, and pass back the
pointer to the terminating '}'. */
if (min > 65535 || max > 65535)
*errorcodeptr = ERR5;
else
{
*minp = min;
*maxp = max;
}
return p;
}
/*************************************************
* Find first significant op code *
*************************************************/
/* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
that do not influence this. For some calls, a change of option is important.
For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative forward and all backward
assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it does not.
Arguments:
code pointer to the start of the group
options pointer to external options
optbit the option bit whose changing is significant, or
zero if none are
skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode
*/
static const uschar*
first_significant_code(const uschar *code, int *options, int optbit,
BOOL skipassert)
{
for (;;)
{
switch ((int)*code)
{
case OP_OPT:
if (optbit > 0 && ((int)code[1] & optbit) != (*options & optbit))
*options = (int)code[1];
code += 2;
break;
case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
case OP_ASSERTBACK:
case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
if (!skipassert) return code;
do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
break;
case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
if (!skipassert) return code;
/* Fall through */
case OP_CALLOUT:
case OP_CREF:
case OP_BRANUMBER:
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
break;
default:
return code;
}
}
/* Control never reaches here */
}
/*************************************************
* Find the fixed length of a pattern *
*************************************************/
/* Scan a pattern and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes.
Arguments:
code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
options the compiling options
Returns: the fixed length, or -1 if there is no fixed length,
or -2 if \C was encountered
*/
static int
find_fixedlength(uschar *code, int options)
{
int length = -1;
register int branchlength = 0;
register uschar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
/* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
for (;;)
{
int d;
register int op = *cc;
if (op >= OP_BRA) op = OP_BRA;
switch (op)
{
case OP_BRA:
case OP_ONCE:
case OP_COND:
d = find_fixedlength(cc, options);
if (d < 0) return d;
branchlength += d;
do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
break;
/* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested
call. If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. If it is
END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by the same code. */
case OP_ALT:
case OP_KET:
case OP_KETRMAX:
case OP_KETRMIN:
case OP_END:
if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
branchlength = 0;
break;
/* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
case OP_ASSERT:
case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
case OP_ASSERTBACK:
case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
/* Fall through */
/* Skip over things that don't match chars */
case OP_REVERSE:
case OP_BRANUMBER:
case OP_CREF:
case OP_OPT:
case OP_CALLOUT:
case OP_SOD:
case OP_SOM:
case OP_EOD:
case OP_EODN:
case OP_CIRC:
case OP_DOLL:
case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
cc += _pcre_OP_lengths[*cc];
break;
/* Handle literal characters */
case OP_CHAR:
case OP_CHARNC:
branchlength++;
cc += 2;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
{
while ((*cc & 0xc0) == 0x80) cc++;
}
#endif
break;
/* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */
case OP_EXACT:
branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
cc += 4;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
{
while((*cc & 0x80) == 0x80) cc++;
}
#endif
break;
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
cc += 4;
break;
/* Handle single-char matchers */
case OP_PROP:
case OP_NOTPROP:
cc++;
/* Fall through */
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
case OP_DIGIT:
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
case OP_WHITESPACE:
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
case OP_WORDCHAR:
case OP_ANY:
branchlength++;
cc++;
break;
/* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed */
case OP_ANYBYTE:
return -2;
/* Check a class for variable quantification */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
case OP_XCLASS:
cc += GET(cc, 1) - 33;
/* Fall through */
#endif
case OP_CLASS:
case OP_NCLASS:
cc += 33;
switch (*cc)
{
case OP_CRSTAR:
case OP_CRMINSTAR:
case OP_CRQUERY:
case OP_CRMINQUERY:
return -1;
case OP_CRRANGE:
case OP_CRMINRANGE:
if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,3)) return -1;
branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
cc += 5;
break;
default:
branchlength++;
}
break;
/* Anything else is variable length */
default:
return -1;
}
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
/*************************************************
* Scan compiled regex for numbered bracket *
*************************************************/
/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
capturing bracket with the given number.
Arguments:
code points to start of expression
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
number the required bracket number
Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
*/
static const uschar *
find_bracket(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8, int number)
{
#ifndef SUPPORT_UTF8
utf8 = utf8; /* Stop pedantic compilers complaining */
#endif
for (;;)
{
register int c = *code;
if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
else if (c > OP_BRA)
{
int n = c - OP_BRA;
if (n > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX) n = GET2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE);
if (n == number) return (uschar *)code;
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[OP_BRA];
}
else
{
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
to scan along to skip the extra bytes. All opcodes are less than 128, so we
can use relatively efficient code. */
if (utf8) switch(c)
{
case OP_CHAR:
case OP_CHARNC:
case OP_EXACT:
case OP_UPTO:
case OP_MINUPTO:
case OP_STAR:
case OP_MINSTAR:
case OP_PLUS:
case OP_MINPLUS:
case OP_QUERY:
case OP_MINQUERY:
while ((*code & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
break;
/* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
case OP_XCLASS:
code += GET(code, 1) + 1;
break;
}
#endif
}
}
}
/*************************************************
* Scan compiled regex for recursion reference *
*************************************************/
/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
instance of OP_RECURSE.
Arguments:
code points to start of expression
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
*/
static const uschar *
find_recurse(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8)
{
#ifndef SUPPORT_UTF8
utf8 = utf8; /* Stop pedantic compilers complaining */
#endif
for (;;)
{
register int c = *code;
if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
else if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
else if (c > OP_BRA)
{
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[OP_BRA];
}
else
{
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
to scan along to skip the extra bytes. All opcodes are less than 128, so we
can use relatively efficient code. */
if (utf8) switch(c)
{
case OP_CHAR:
case OP_CHARNC:
case OP_EXACT:
case OP_UPTO:
case OP_MINUPTO:
case OP_STAR:
case OP_MINSTAR:
case OP_PLUS:
case OP_MINPLUS:
case OP_QUERY:
case OP_MINQUERY:
while ((*code & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
break;
/* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
case OP_XCLASS:
code += GET(code, 1) + 1;
break;
}
#endif
}
}
}
/*************************************************
* Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness *
*************************************************/
/* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
can match the empty string or not. It is called only from could_be_empty()
below. Note that first_significant_code() skips over assertions. If we hit an
unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner bracket
whose current branch will already have been scanned.
Arguments:
code points to start of search
endcode points to where to stop
utf8 TRUE if in UTF8 mode
Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty
*/
static BOOL
could_be_empty_branch(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, BOOL utf8)
{
register int c;
for (code = first_significant_code(code + 1 + LINK_SIZE, NULL, 0, TRUE);
code < endcode;
code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[c], NULL, 0, TRUE))
{
const uschar *ccode;
c = *code;
if (c >= OP_BRA)
{
BOOL empty_branch;
if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */
/* Scan a closed bracket */
empty_branch = FALSE;
do
{
if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf8))
empty_branch = TRUE;
code += GET(code, 1);
}
while (*code == OP_ALT);
if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
c = *code;
}
else switch (c)
{
/* Check for quantifiers after a class */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
case OP_XCLASS:
ccode = code + GET(code, 1);
goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
#endif
case OP_CLASS:
case OP_NCLASS:
ccode = code + 33;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
#endif
switch (*ccode)
{
case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */
case OP_CRMINSTAR:
case OP_CRQUERY:
case OP_CRMINQUERY:
break;
default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */
case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */
case OP_CRMINPLUS:
return FALSE;
case OP_CRRANGE:
case OP_CRMINRANGE:
if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */
break;
}
break;
/* Opcodes that must match a character */
case OP_PROP:
case OP_NOTPROP:
case OP_EXTUNI:
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
case OP_DIGIT:
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
case OP_WHITESPACE:
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
case OP_WORDCHAR:
case OP_ANY:
case OP_ANYBYTE:
case OP_CHAR:
case OP_CHARNC:
case OP_NOT:
case OP_PLUS:
case OP_MINPLUS:
case OP_EXACT:
case OP_NOTPLUS:
case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
case OP_NOTEXACT:
case OP_TYPEPLUS:
case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
return FALSE;
/* End of branch */
case OP_KET:
case OP_KETRMAX:
case OP_KETRMIN:
case OP_ALT:
return TRUE;
/* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, UPTO, and MINUPTO may be
followed by a multibyte character */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
case OP_STAR:
case OP_MINSTAR:
case OP_QUERY:
case OP_MINQUERY:
case OP_UPTO:
case OP_MINUPTO:
if (utf8) while ((code[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
break;
#endif
}
}
return TRUE;
}
/*************************************************
* Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness *
*************************************************/
/* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
Arguments:
code points to start of the recursion
endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
utf8 TRUE if in UTF-8 mode
Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty
*/
static BOOL
could_be_empty(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, branch_chain *bcptr,
BOOL utf8)
{
while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current >= code)
{
if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current, endcode, utf8)) return FALSE;
bcptr = bcptr->outer;
}
return TRUE;
}
/*************************************************
* Check for POSIX class syntax *
*************************************************/
/* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by an
optional ^ and then a sequence of letters, terminated by a matching ":]" or
".]" or "=]".
Argument:
ptr pointer to the initial [
endptr where to return the end pointer
cd pointer to compile data
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
*/
static BOOL
check_posix_syntax(const uschar *ptr, const uschar **endptr, compile_data *cd)
{
int terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
if (*(++ptr) == '^') ptr++;
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++;
if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == ']')
{
*endptr = ptr;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
/*************************************************
* Check POSIX class name *
*************************************************/
/* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
such as [:alnum:].
Arguments:
ptr points to the first letter
len the length of the name
Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
*/
static int
check_posix_name(const uschar *ptr, int len)
{
register int yield = 0;
while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
{
if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
strncmp((const char *)ptr, posix_names[yield], len) == 0) return yield;
yield++;
}
return -1;
}
/*************************************************
* Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group *
*************************************************/
/* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO is inserted before
it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE items within it
that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to have their
offsets adjusted. That is the job of this function. Before it is called, the
partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with OP_END.
Arguments:
group points to the start of the group
adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
cd contains pointers to tables etc.
Returns: nothing
*/
static void
adjust_recurse(uschar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd)
{
uschar *ptr = group;
while ((ptr = (uschar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf8)) != NULL)
{
int offset = GET(ptr, 1);
if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
}
}
/*************************************************
* Insert an automatic callout point *
*************************************************/
/* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
callout points before each pattern item.
Arguments:
code current code pointer
ptr current pattern pointer
cd pointers to tables etc
Returns: new code pointer
*/
static uschar *
auto_callout(uschar *code, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
{
*code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
*code++ = 255;
PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern); /* Pattern offset */
PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */
return code + 2*LINK_SIZE;
}
/*************************************************
* Complete a callout item *
*************************************************/
/* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
for both automatic and manual callouts.
Arguments:
previous_callout points to previous callout item
ptr current pattern pointer
cd pointers to tables etc
Returns: nothing
*/
static void
complete_callout(uschar *previous_callout, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
{
int length = ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2);
PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
}
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
/*************************************************
* Get othercase range *
*************************************************/
/* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for internal ranges of
characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
start address.
Arguments:
cptr points to starting character value; updated
d end value
ocptr where to put start of othercase range
odptr where to put end of othercase range
Yield: TRUE when range returned; FALSE when no more
*/
static BOOL
get_othercase_range(int *cptr, int d, int *ocptr, int *odptr)
{
int c, chartype, othercase, next;
for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
{
if (_pcre_ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase) == ucp_L && othercase != 0)
break;
}
if (c > d) return FALSE;
*ocptr = othercase;
next = othercase + 1;
for (++c; c <= d; c++)
{
if (_pcre_ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase) != ucp_L ||
othercase != next)
break;
next++;
}
*odptr = next - 1;
*cptr = c;
return TRUE;
}
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
/*************************************************
* Compile one branch *
*************************************************/
/* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the code vector. If the options are
changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
bits.
Arguments:
optionsptr pointer to the option bits
brackets points to number of extracting brackets used
codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point
ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer
errorcodeptr points to error code variable
firstbyteptr set to initial literal character, or < 0 (REQ_UNSET, REQ_NONE)
reqbyteptr set to the last literal character required, else < 0
bcptr points to current branch chain
cd contains pointers to tables etc.
Returns: TRUE on success
FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
*/
static BOOL
compile_branch(int *optionsptr, int *brackets, uschar **codeptr,
const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int *firstbyteptr,
int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd)
{
int repeat_type, op_type;
int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */
int bravalue = 0;
int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
int firstbyte, reqbyte;
int zeroreqbyte, zerofirstbyte;
int req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
int condcount = 0;
int options = *optionsptr;
int after_manual_callout = 0;
register int c;
register uschar *code = *codeptr;
uschar *tempcode;
BOOL inescq = FALSE;
BOOL groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
const uschar *tempptr;
uschar *previous = NULL;
uschar *previous_callout = NULL;
uschar classbits[32];
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
BOOL class_utf8;
BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
uschar *class_utf8data;
uschar utf8_char[6];
#else
BOOL utf8 = FALSE;
#endif
/* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
/* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
matches a non-fixed char first char; reqbyte just remains unset if we never
find one.
When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
zerofirstbyte and zeroreqbyte when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
firstbyte = reqbyte = zerofirstbyte = zeroreqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
/* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero,
according to the current setting of the caseless flag. REQ_CASELESS is a bit
value > 255. It is added into the firstbyte or reqbyte variables to record the
case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
/* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
for (;; ptr++)
{
BOOL negate_class;
BOOL possessive_quantifier;
BOOL is_quantifier;
int class_charcount;
int class_lastchar;
int newoptions;
int recno;
int skipbytes;
int subreqbyte;
int subfirstbyte;
int mclength;
uschar mcbuffer[8];
/* Next byte in the pattern */
c = *ptr;
/* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
if (inescq && c != 0)
{
if (c == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E')
{
inescq = FALSE;
ptr++;
continue;
}
else
{
if (previous_callout != NULL)
{
complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
previous_callout = NULL;
}
if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
{
previous_callout = code;
code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
}
goto NORMAL_CHAR;
}
}
/* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is
a quantifier. */
is_quantifier = c == '*' || c == '+' || c == '?' ||
(c == '{' && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL &&
after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
{
complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
previous_callout = NULL;
}
/* In extended mode, skip white space and comments */
if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
{
if ((cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
if (c == '#')
{
/* The space before the ; is to avoid a warning on a silly compiler
on the Macintosh. */
while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && c != NEWLINE) ;
if (c != 0) continue; /* Else fall through to handle end of string */
}
}
/* No auto callout for quantifiers. */
if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier)
{
previous_callout = code;
code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
}
switch(c)
{
/* The branch terminates at end of string, |, or ). */
case 0:
case '|':
case ')':
*firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
*reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
*codeptr = code;
*ptrptr = ptr;
return TRUE;
/* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
the setting of any following char as a first character. */
case '^':
if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
{
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
}
previous = NULL;
*code++ = OP_CIRC;
break;
case '$':
previous = NULL;
*code++ = OP_DOLL;
break;
/* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
repeats. The value of reqbyte doesn't change either. */
case '.':
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
previous = code;
*code++ = OP_ANY;
break;
/* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 255 in value, we
build a 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special
case where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build
the map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different
opcode so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
*/
case '[':
previous = code;
/* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
if ((ptr[1] == ':' || ptr[1] == '.' || ptr[1] == '=') &&
check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr, cd))
{
*errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == ':')? ERR13 : ERR31;
goto FAILED;
}
/* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. */
if ((c = *(++ptr)) == '^')
{
negate_class = TRUE;
c = *(++ptr);
}
else
{
negate_class = FALSE;
}
/* Keep a count of chars with values < 256 so that we can optimize the case
of just a single character (as long as it's < 256). For higher valued UTF-8
characters, we don't yet do any optimization. */
class_charcount = 0;
class_lastchar = -1;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
class_utf8 = FALSE; /* No chars >= 256 */
class_utf8data = code + LINK_SIZE + 34; /* For UTF-8 items */
#endif
/* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We have to build the
map in a temporary bit of store, in case the class contains only 1
character (< 256), because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the
bit map. */
memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uschar));
/* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. The first pass
through the regex checked the overall syntax, so we don't need to be very
strict here. At the start of the loop, c contains the first byte of the
character. */
do
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && c > 127)
{ /* Braces are required because the */
GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */
}
#endif
/* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
if (inescq)
{
if (c == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E')
{
inescq = FALSE;
ptr++;
continue;
}
else goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
}
/* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
[.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
5.6 and 5.8 do. */
if (c == '[' &&
(ptr[1] == ':' || ptr[1] == '.' || ptr[1] == '=') &&
check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr, cd))
{
BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
int posix_class, i;
register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
if (ptr[1] != ':')
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR31;
goto FAILED;
}
ptr += 2;
if (*ptr == '^')
{
local_negate = TRUE;
ptr++;
}
posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, tempptr - ptr);
if (posix_class < 0)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR30;
goto FAILED;
}
/* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
posix_class = 0;
/* Or into the map we are building up to 3 of the static class
tables, or their negations. The [:blank:] class sets up the same
chars as the [:space:] class (all white space). We remove the vertical
white space chars afterwards. */
posix_class *= 3;
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
BOOL blankclass = strncmp((char *)ptr, "blank", 5) == 0;
int taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + i];
if (taboffset < 0) break;
if (local_negate)
{
if (i == 0)
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+taboffset];
else
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] &= ~cbits[c+taboffset];
if (blankclass) classbits[1] |= 0x3c;
}
else
{
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+taboffset];
if (blankclass) classbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
}
}
ptr = tempptr + 1;
class_charcount = 10; /* Set > 1; assumes more than 1 per class */
continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
}
/* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
of the specials, which just set a flag. Escaped items are checked for
validity in the pre-compiling pass. The sequence \b is a special case.
Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. Elsewhere
it marks a word boundary. Other escapes have preset maps ready to
or into the one we are building. We assume they have more than one
character in them, so set class_charcount bigger than one. */
if (c == '\\')
{
c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, *brackets, options, TRUE);
if (-c == ESC_b) c = '\b'; /* \b is backslash in a class */
else if (-c == ESC_X) c = 'X'; /* \X is literal X in a class */
else if (-c == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */
{
if (ptr[1] == '\\' && ptr[2] == 'E')
{
ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
}
else inescq = TRUE;
continue;
}
if (c < 0)
{
register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
class_charcount += 2; /* Greater than 1 is what matters */
switch (-c)
{
case ESC_d:
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
continue;
case ESC_D:
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
continue;
case ESC_w:
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
continue;
case ESC_W:
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
continue;
case ESC_s:
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
classbits[1] &= ~0x08; /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
continue;
case ESC_S:
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
classbits[1] |= 0x08; /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
continue;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
case ESC_p:
case ESC_P:
{
BOOL negated;
int property = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, errorcodeptr);
if (property < 0) goto FAILED;
class_utf8 = TRUE;
*class_utf8data++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)?
XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
*class_utf8data++ = property;
class_charcount -= 2; /* Not a < 256 character */
}
continue;
#endif
/* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
treated as literals. */
default:
if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR7;
goto FAILED;
}
c = *ptr; /* The final character */
class_charcount -= 2; /* Undo the default count from above */
}
}
/* Fall through if we have a single character (c >= 0). This may be
> 256 in UTF-8 mode. */
} /* End of backslash handling */
/* A single character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However,
Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character
here is treated as a literal. */
if (ptr[1] == '-' && ptr[2] != ']')
{
int d;
ptr += 2;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8)
{ /* Braces are required because the */
GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */
}
else
#endif
d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */
/* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but
not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal
in such circumstances. */
if (d == '\\')
{
const uschar *oldptr = ptr;
d = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, *brackets, options, TRUE);
/* \b is backslash; \X is literal X; any other special means the '-'
was literal */
if (d < 0)
{
if (d == -ESC_b) d = '\b';
else if (d == -ESC_X) d = 'X'; else
{
ptr = oldptr - 2;
goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */
}
}
}
/* The check that the two values are in the correct order happens in
the pre-pass. Optimize one-character ranges */
if (d == c) goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */
/* In UTF-8 mode, if the upper limit is > 255, or > 127 for caseless
matching, we have to use an XCLASS with extra data items. Caseless
matching for characters > 127 is available only if UCP support is
available. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127)))
{
class_utf8 = TRUE;
/* With UCP support, we can find the other case equivalents of
the relevant characters. There may be several ranges. Optimize how
they fit with the basic range. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
{
int occ, ocd;
int cc = c;
int origd = d;
while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd))
{
if (occ >= c && ocd <= d) continue; /* Skip embedded ranges */
if (occ < c && ocd >= c - 1) /* Extend the basic range */
{ /* if there is overlap, */
c = occ; /* noting that if occ < c */
continue; /* we can't have ocd > d */
} /* because a subrange is */
if (ocd > d && occ <= d + 1) /* always shorter than */
{ /* the basic range. */
d = ocd;
continue;
}
if (occ == ocd)
{
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
}
else
{
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, class_utf8data);
}
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, class_utf8data);
}
}
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
/* Now record the original range, possibly modified for UCP caseless
overlapping ranges. */
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(d, class_utf8data);
/* With UCP support, we are done. Without UCP support, there is no
caseless matching for UTF-8 characters > 127; we can use the bit map
for the smaller ones. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
continue; /* With next character in the class */
#else
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue;
/* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */
d = 127;
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
}
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
/* We use the bit map for all cases when not in UTF-8 mode; else
ranges that lie entirely within 0-127 when there is UCP support; else
for partial ranges without UCP support. */
for (; c <= d; c++)
{
classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
{
int uc = cd->fcc[c]; /* flip case */
classbits[uc/8] |= (1 << (uc&7));
}
class_charcount++; /* in case a one-char range */
class_lastchar = c;
}
continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */
}
/* Handle a lone single character - we can get here for a normal
non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an
apparent range that isn't. */
LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
/* Handle a character that cannot go in the bit map */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127)))
{
class_utf8 = TRUE;
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
{
int chartype;
int othercase;
if (_pcre_ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase) >= 0 &&
othercase > 0)
{
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, class_utf8data);
}
}
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
}
else
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
/* Handle a single-byte character */
{
classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
{
c = cd->fcc[c]; /* flip case */
classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
}
class_charcount++;
class_lastchar = c;
}
}
/* Loop until ']' reached; the check for end of string happens inside the
loop. This "while" is the end of the "do" above. */
while ((c = *(++ptr)) != ']' || inescq);
/* If class_charcount is 1, we saw precisely one character whose value is
less than 256. In non-UTF-8 mode we can always optimize. In UTF-8 mode, we
can optimize the negative case only if there were no characters >= 128
because OP_NOT and the related opcodes like OP_NOTSTAR operate on
single-bytes only. This is an historical hangover. Maybe one day we can
tidy these opcodes to handle multi-byte characters.
The optimization throws away the bit map. We turn the item into a
1-character OP_CHAR[NC] if it's positive, or OP_NOT if it's negative. Note
that OP_NOT does not support multibyte characters. In the positive case, it
can cause firstbyte to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if
this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of
reqbyte, save the previous value for reinstating. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (class_charcount == 1 &&
(!utf8 ||
(!class_utf8 && (!negate_class || class_lastchar < 128))))
#else
if (class_charcount == 1)
#endif
{
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
/* The OP_NOT opcode works on one-byte characters only. */
if (negate_class)
{
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
*code++ = OP_NOT;
*code++ = class_lastchar;
break;
}
/* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && class_lastchar > 127)
mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(class_lastchar, mcbuffer);
else
#endif
{
mcbuffer[0] = class_lastchar;
mclength = 1;
}
goto ONE_CHAR;
} /* End of 1-char optimization */
/* The general case - not the one-char optimization. If this is the first
thing in the branch, there can be no first char setting, whatever the
repeat count. Any reqbyte setting must remain unchanged after any kind of
repeat. */
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
/* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
extended class, with its own opcode. If there are no characters < 256,
we can omit the bitmap. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (class_utf8)
{
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */
*code++ = OP_XCLASS;
code += LINK_SIZE;
*code = negate_class? XCL_NOT : 0;
/* If the map is required, install it, and move on to the end of
the extra data */
if (class_charcount > 0)
{
*code++ |= XCL_MAP;
memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
code = class_utf8data;
}
/* If the map is not required, slide down the extra data. */
else
{
int len = class_utf8data - (code + 33);
memmove(code + 1, code + 33, len);
code += len + 1;
}
/* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
PUT(previous, 1, code - previous);
break; /* End of class handling */
}
#endif
/* If there are no characters > 255, negate the 32-byte map if necessary,
and copy it into the code vector. If this is the first thing in the branch,
there can be no first char setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqbyte
setting must remain unchanged after any kind of repeat. */
if (negate_class)
{
*code++ = OP_NCLASS;
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) code[c] = ~classbits[c];
}
else
{
*code++ = OP_CLASS;
memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
}
code += 32;
break;
/* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
has been tested above. */
case '{':
if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
goto REPEAT;
case '*':
repeat_min = 0;
repeat_max = -1;
goto REPEAT;
case '+':
repeat_min = 1;
repeat_max = -1;
goto REPEAT;
case '?':
repeat_min = 0;
repeat_max = 1;
REPEAT:
if (previous == NULL)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR9;
goto FAILED;
}
if (repeat_min == 0)
{
firstbyte = zerofirstbyte; /* Adjust for zero repeat */
reqbyte = zeroreqbyte; /* Ditto */
}
/* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */
possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */
/* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up to make space
for an inserted OP_ONCE for the additional '+' extension. */
tempcode = previous;
/* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
repeat type to the non-default. */
if (ptr[1] == '+')
{
repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
ptr++;
}
else if (ptr[1] == '?')
{
repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
ptr++;
}
else repeat_type = greedy_default;
/* If previous was a recursion, we need to wrap it inside brackets so that
it can be replicated if necessary. */
if (*previous == OP_RECURSE)
{
memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
*previous = OP_BRA;
PUT(previous, 1, code - previous);
*code = OP_KET;
PUT(code, 1, code - previous);
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
}
/* If previous was a character match, abolish the item and generate a
repeat item instead. If a char item has a minumum of more than one, ensure
that it is set in reqbyte - it might not be if a sequence such as x{3} is
the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone into firstbyte
instead. */
if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARNC)
{
/* Deal with UTF-8 characters that take up more than one byte. It's
easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
hold the length of the character in bytes, plus 0x80 to flag that it's a
length rather than a small character. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && (code[-1] & 0x80) != 0)
{
uschar *lastchar = code - 1;
while((*lastchar & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastchar--;
c = code - lastchar; /* Length of UTF-8 character */
memcpy(utf8_char, lastchar, c); /* Save the char */
c |= 0x80; /* Flag c as a length */
}
else
#endif
/* Handle the case of a single byte - either with no UTF8 support, or
with UTF-8 disabled, or for a UTF-8 character < 128. */
{
c = code[-1];
if (repeat_min > 1) reqbyte = c | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
}
goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */
}
/* If previous was a single negated character ([^a] or similar), we use
one of the special opcodes, replacing it. The code is shared with single-
character repeats by setting opt_type to add a suitable offset into
repeat_type. OP_NOT is currently used only for single-byte chars. */
else if (*previous == OP_NOT)
{
op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use "not" opcodes */
c = previous[1];
goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;
}
/* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
makes it horribly messy. */
else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
{
uschar *oldcode;
int prop_type;
op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */
c = *previous;
OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
prop_type = (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)?
previous[1] : -1;
oldcode = code;
code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */
/* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
/* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
if (repeat_max != 1) cd->nopartial = TRUE;
/* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
repeat_type += op_type;
/* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
if (repeat_min == 0)
{
if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
else
{
*code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
}
}
/* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item it
left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
one less than the maximum. */
else if (repeat_min == 1)
{
if (repeat_max == -1)
*code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
else
{
code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */
if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
*code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
}
}
/* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
else
{
*code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
/* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
Unicode property match, there is an extra byte that defines the
required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
c, with the 0x80 bit as a flag. */
if (repeat_max < 0)
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && c >= 128)
{
memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
code += c & 7;
}
else
#endif
{
*code++ = c;
if (prop_type >= 0) *code++ = prop_type;
}
*code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
}
/* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. */
else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && c >= 128)
{
memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
code += c & 7;
}
else
#endif
*code++ = c;
if (prop_type >= 0) *code++ = prop_type;
repeat_max -= repeat_min;
*code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
}
}
/* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && c >= 128)
{
memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
code += c & 7;
}
else
#endif
*code++ = c;
/* For a repeated Unicode property match, there is an extra byte that
defines the required property. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
if (prop_type >= 0) *code++ = prop_type;
#endif
}
/* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
else if (*previous == OP_CLASS ||
*previous == OP_NCLASS ||
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
*previous == OP_XCLASS ||
#endif
*previous == OP_REF)
{
if (repeat_max == 0)
{
code = previous;
goto END_REPEAT;
}
/* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
if (repeat_max != 1) cd->nopartial = TRUE;
if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
*code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
*code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
*code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
else
{
*code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
}
}
/* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
cases. */
else if (*previous >= OP_BRA || *previous == OP_ONCE ||
*previous == OP_COND)
{
register int i;
int ketoffset = 0;
int len = code - previous;
uschar *bralink = NULL;
/* If the maximum repeat count is unlimited, find the end of the bracket
by scanning through from the start, and compute the offset back to it
from the current code pointer. There may be an OP_OPT setting following
the final KET, so we can't find the end just by going back from the code
pointer. */
if (repeat_max == -1)
{
register uschar *ket = previous;
do ket += GET(ket, 1); while (*ket != OP_KET);
ketoffset = code - ket;
}
/* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
minimum is zero. */
if (repeat_min == 0)
{
/* If the maximum is also zero, we just omit the group from the output
altogether. */
if (repeat_max == 0)
{
code = previous;
goto END_REPEAT;
}
/* If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the
BRAZERO and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust
any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or
any internal group, because the offset is from the start of the whole
regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing this. */
if (repeat_max <= 1)
{
*code = OP_END;
adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf8, cd);
memmove(previous+1, previous, len);
code++;
*previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
}
/* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
else
{
int offset;
*code = OP_END;
adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd);
memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, len);
code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
*previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
*previous++ = OP_BRA;
/* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : previous - bralink;
bralink = previous;
PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
}
repeat_max--;
}
/* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
set a required char, copy the latter from the former. */
else
{
if (repeat_min > 1)
{
if (groupsetfirstbyte && reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
{
memcpy(code, previous, len);
code += len;
}
}
if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
}
/* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
the number of additional copies needed. */
if (repeat_max >= 0)
{
for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
{
*code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
/* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
chain of brackets outstanding. */
if (i != 0)
{
int offset;
*code++ = OP_BRA;
offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : code - bralink;
bralink = code;
PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
}
memcpy(code, previous, len);
code += len;
}
/* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
while (bralink != NULL)
{
int oldlinkoffset;
int offset = code - bralink + 1;
uschar *bra = code - offset;
oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
*code++ = OP_KET;
PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
PUT(bra, 1, offset);
}
}
/* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. We
can't just offset backwards from the current code point, because we
don't know if there's been an options resetting after the ket. The
correct offset was computed above. */
else code[-ketoffset] = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
}
/* Else there's some kind of shambles */
else
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR11;
goto FAILED;
}
/* If the character following a repeat is '+', we wrap the entire repeated
item inside OP_ONCE brackets. This is just syntactic sugar, taken from
Sun's Java package. The repeated item starts at tempcode, not at previous,
which might be the first part of a string whose (former) last char we
repeated. However, we don't support '+' after a greediness '?'. */
if (possessive_quantifier)
{
int len = code - tempcode;
memmove(tempcode + 1+LINK_SIZE, tempcode, len);
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
*code++ = OP_KET;
PUTINC(code, 0, len);
PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
}
/* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
"follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqbytes if
it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
END_REPEAT:
previous = NULL;
cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
break;
/* Start of nested bracket sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
lookbehind or option setting or condition. First deal with special things
that can come after a bracket; all are introduced by ?, and the appearance
of any of them means that this is not a referencing group. They were
checked for validity in the first pass over the string, so we don't have to
check for syntax errors here. */
case '(':
newoptions = options;
skipbytes = 0;
if (*(++ptr) == '?')
{
int set, unset;
int *optset;
switch (*(++ptr))
{
case '#': /* Comment; skip to ket */
ptr++;
while (*ptr != ')') ptr++;
continue;
case ':': /* Non-extracting bracket */
bravalue = OP_BRA;
ptr++;
break;
case '(':
bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */
/* Condition to test for recursion */
if (ptr[1] == 'R')
{
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, CREF_RECURSE);
skipbytes = 3;
ptr += 3;
}
/* Condition to test for a numbered subpattern match. We know that
if a digit follows ( then there will just be digits until ) because
the syntax was checked in the first pass. */
else if ((digitab[ptr[1]] && ctype_digit) != 0)
{
int condref; /* Don't amalgamate; some compilers */
condref = *(++ptr) - '0'; /* grumble at autoincrement in declaration */
while (*(++ptr) != ')') condref = condref*10 + *ptr - '0';
if (condref == 0)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR35;
goto FAILED;
}
ptr++;
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, condref);
skipbytes = 3;
}
/* For conditions that are assertions, we just fall through, having
set bravalue above. */
break;
case '=': /* Positive lookahead */
bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
ptr++;
break;
case '!': /* Negative lookahead */
bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
ptr++;
break;
case '<': /* Lookbehinds */
switch (*(++ptr))
{
case '=': /* Positive lookbehind */
bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
ptr++;
break;
case '!': /* Negative lookbehind */
bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
ptr++;
break;
}
break;
case '>': /* One-time brackets */
bravalue = OP_ONCE;
ptr++;
break;
case 'C': /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */
after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */
*code++ = OP_CALLOUT; /* Already checked that the terminating */
{ /* closing parenthesis is present. */
int n = 0;
while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0)
n = n * 10 + *ptr - '0';
if (n > 255)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR38;
goto FAILED;
}
*code++ = n;
PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1); /* Pattern offset */
PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */
code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
}
previous = NULL;
continue;
case 'P': /* Named subpattern handling */
if (*(++ptr) == '<') /* Definition */
{
int i, namelen;
uschar *slot = cd->name_table;
const uschar *name; /* Don't amalgamate; some compilers */
name = ++ptr; /* grumble at autoincrement in declaration */
while (*ptr++ != '>');
namelen = ptr - name - 1;
for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
{
int crc = memcmp(name, slot+2, namelen);
if (crc == 0)
{
if (slot[2+namelen] == 0)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR43;
goto FAILED;
}
crc = -1; /* Current name is substring */
}
if (crc < 0)
{
memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
(cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size);
break;
}
slot += cd->name_entry_size;
}
PUT2(slot, 0, *brackets + 1);
memcpy(slot + 2, name, namelen);
slot[2+namelen] = 0;
cd->names_found++;
goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
}
if (*ptr == '=' || *ptr == '>') /* Reference or recursion */
{
int i, namelen;
int type = *ptr++;
const uschar *name = ptr;
uschar *slot = cd->name_table;
while (*ptr != ')') ptr++;
namelen = ptr - name;
for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
{
if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0) break;
slot += cd->name_entry_size;
}
if (i >= cd->names_found)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
goto FAILED;
}
recno = GET2(slot, 0);
if (type == '>') goto HANDLE_RECURSION; /* A few lines below */
/* Back reference */
previous = code;
*code++ = OP_REF;
PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
continue;
}
/* Should never happen */
break;
case 'R': /* Pattern recursion */
ptr++; /* Same as (?0) */
/* Fall through */
/* Recursion or "subroutine" call */
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
{
const uschar *called;
recno = 0;
while((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - '0';
/* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
HANDLE_RECURSION:
previous = code;
/* Find the bracket that is being referenced. Temporarily end the
regex in case it doesn't exist. */
*code = OP_END;
called = (recno == 0)?
cd->start_code : find_bracket(cd->start_code, utf8, recno);
if (called == NULL)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
goto FAILED;
}
/* If the subpattern is still open, this is a recursive call. We
check to see if this is a left recursion that could loop for ever,
and diagnose that case. */
if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf8))
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR40;
goto FAILED;
}
/* Insert the recursion/subroutine item */
*code = OP_RECURSE;
PUT(code, 1, called - cd->start_code);
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
}
continue;
/* Character after (? not specially recognized */
default: /* Option setting */
set = unset = 0;
optset = &set;
while (*ptr != ')' && *ptr != ':')
{
switch (*ptr++)
{
case '-': optset = &unset; break;
case 'i': *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
case 'm': *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
case 's': *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
case 'x': *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
case 'U': *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
case 'X': *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
}
}
/* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
/* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
group with option changes, so the options change at this level. Compile
code to change the ims options if this setting actually changes any of
them. We also pass the new setting back so that it can be put at the
start of any following branches, and when this group ends (if we are in
a group), a resetting item can be compiled.
Note that if this item is right at the start of the pattern, the
options will have been abstracted and made global, so there will be no
change to compile. */
if (*ptr == ')')
{
if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != (newoptions & PCRE_IMS))
{
*code++ = OP_OPT;
*code++ = newoptions & PCRE_IMS;
}
/* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
in subsequent branches. Reset the greedy defaults and the case
value for firstbyte and reqbyte. */
*optionsptr = options = newoptions;
greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */
continue; /* It is complete */
}
/* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
the newoptions value is handled below. */
bravalue = OP_BRA;
ptr++;
}
}
/* If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE is set, all unadorned brackets become
non-capturing and behave like (?:...) brackets */
else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
{
bravalue = OP_BRA;
}
/* Else we have a referencing group; adjust the opcode. If the bracket
number is greater than EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX, we set the opcode one higher, and
arrange for the true number to follow later, in an OP_BRANUMBER item. */
else
{
NUMBERED_GROUP:
if (++(*brackets) > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX)
{
bravalue = OP_BRA + EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX + 1;
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_BRANUMBER;
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, *brackets);
skipbytes = 3;
}
else bravalue = OP_BRA + *brackets;
}
/* Process nested bracketed re. Assertions may not be repeated, but other
kinds can be. We copy code into a non-register variable in order to be able
to pass its address because some compilers complain otherwise. Pass in a
new setting for the ims options if they have changed. */
previous = (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)? code : NULL;
*code = bravalue;
tempcode = code;
tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */
if (!compile_regex(
newoptions, /* The complete new option state */
options & PCRE_IMS, /* The previous ims option state */
brackets, /* Extracting bracket count */
&tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */
&ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */
errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */
(bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
skipbytes, /* Skip over OP_COND/OP_BRANUMBER */
&subfirstbyte, /* For possible first char */
&subreqbyte, /* For possible last char */
bcptr, /* Current branch chain */
cd)) /* Tables block */
goto FAILED;
/* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group
and any option resetting that may follow it. The pattern pointer (ptr)
is on the bracket. */
/* If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
two branches in the group. */
else if (bravalue == OP_COND)
{
uschar *tc = code;
condcount = 0;
do {
condcount++;
tc += GET(tc,1);
}
while (*tc != OP_KET);
if (condcount > 2)
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR27;
goto FAILED;
}
/* If there is just one branch, we must not make use of its firstbyte or
reqbyte, because this is equivalent to an empty second branch. */
if (condcount == 1) subfirstbyte = subreqbyte = REQ_NONE;
}
/* Handle updating of the required and first characters. Update for normal
brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two branches (see code above).
If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with zero repeat, we have to
back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqbyte and zerofirstbyte outside the
main loop so that they can be accessed for the back off. */
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
if (bravalue >= OP_BRA || bravalue == OP_ONCE || bravalue == OP_COND)
{
/* If we have not yet set a firstbyte in this branch, take it from the
subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
than one can replicate it as reqbyte if necessary. If the subpattern has
no firstbyte, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
repeat forces firstbyte to "none". */
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
{
if (subfirstbyte >= 0)
{
firstbyte = subfirstbyte;
groupsetfirstbyte = TRUE;
}
else firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
}
/* If firstbyte was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstbyte
into reqbyte if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
existence beforehand. */
else if (subfirstbyte >= 0 && subreqbyte < 0)
subreqbyte = subfirstbyte | tempreqvary;
/* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
really the first byte - see above), set it. */
if (subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
}
/* For a forward assertion, we take the reqbyte, if set. This can be
helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstbyte
for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqbyte instead
of a firstbyte. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
firstbyte, looking for an asserted first char. */
else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
/* Now update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
code = tempcode;
/* Error if hit end of pattern */
if (*ptr != ')')
{
*errorcodeptr = ERR14;
goto FAILED;
}
break;
/* Check \ for being a real metacharacter; if not, fall through and handle
it as a data character at the start of a string. Escape items are checked
for validity in the pre-compiling pass. */
case '\\':
tempptr = ptr;
c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, *brackets, options, FALSE);
/* Handle metacharacters introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values. For the
back references, the values are ESC_REF plus the reference number. Only
back references and those types that consume a character may be repeated.
We can test for values between ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may
have to change if any new ones are ever created. */
if (c < 0)
{
if (-c == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */
{
if (ptr[1] == '\\' && ptr[2] == 'E') ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
else inescq = TRUE;
continue;
}
/* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET && -c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)
firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
/* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
/* Back references are handled specially */
if (-c >= ESC_REF)
{
int number = -c - ESC_REF;
previous = code;
*code++ = OP_REF;
PUT2INC(code, 0, number);
}
/* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. We know that get_ucp
won't fail because it was tested in the pre-pass. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
{
BOOL negated;
int value = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, errorcodeptr);
previous = code;
*code++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
*code++ = value;
}
#endif
/* For the rest, we can obtain the OP value by negating the escape
value */
else
{
previous = (-c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
*code++ = -c;
}
continue;
}
/* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
handle it as a data character. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && c > 127)
mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(c, mcbuffer);
else
#endif
{
mcbuffer[0] = c;
mclength = 1;
}
goto ONE_CHAR;
/* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a
multi-byte literal character. */
default:
NORMAL_CHAR:
mclength = 1;
mcbuffer[0] = c;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && (c & 0xc0) == 0xc0)
{
while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr);
}
#endif
/* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
ONE_CHAR:
previous = code;
*code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARNC : OP_CHAR;
for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
/* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
Otherwise, leave the firstbyte value alone, and don't change it on a zero
repeat. */
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
{
zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
/* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstbyte
only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
{
firstbyte = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
if (mclength != 1) reqbyte = code[-1] | cd->req_varyopt;
}
else firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
}
/* firstbyte was previously set; we can set reqbyte only the length is
1 or the matching is caseful. */
else
{
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
reqbyte = code[-1] | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
}
break; /* End of literal character handling */
}
} /* end of big loop */
/* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
to the user for diagnosing the error. */
FAILED:
*ptrptr = ptr;
return FALSE;
}
/*************************************************
* Compile sequence of alternatives *
*************************************************/
/* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return
it points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string.
The code variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been
stored. If the ims options are changed at the start (for a (?ims: group) or
during any branch, we need to insert an OP_OPT item at the start of every
following branch to ensure they get set correctly at run time, and also pass
the new options into every subsequent branch compile.
Argument:
options option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
oldims previous settings of ims option bits
brackets -> int containing the number of extracting brackets used
codeptr -> the address of the current code pointer
ptrptr -> the address of the current pattern pointer
errorcodeptr -> pointer to error code variable
lookbehind TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
skipbytes skip this many bytes at start (for OP_COND, OP_BRANUMBER)
firstbyteptr place to put the first required character, or a negative number
reqbyteptr place to put the last required character, or a negative number
bcptr pointer to the chain of currently open branches
cd points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
Returns: TRUE on success
*/
static BOOL
compile_regex(int options, int oldims, int *brackets, uschar **codeptr,
const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, int skipbytes,
int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd)
{
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
uschar *code = *codeptr;
uschar *last_branch = code;
uschar *start_bracket = code;
uschar *reverse_count = NULL;
int firstbyte, reqbyte;
int branchfirstbyte, branchreqbyte;
branch_chain bc;
bc.outer = bcptr;
bc.current = code;
firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
/* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
PUT(code, 1, 0);
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
/* Loop for each alternative branch */
for (;;)
{
/* Handle a change of ims options at the start of the branch */
if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims)
{
*code++ = OP_OPT;
*code++ = options & PCRE_IMS;
}
/* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
if (lookbehind)
{
*code++ = OP_REVERSE;
reverse_count = code;
PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
}
/* Now compile the branch */
if (!compile_branch(&options, brackets, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr,
&branchfirstbyte, &branchreqbyte, &bc, cd))
{
*ptrptr = ptr;
return FALSE;
}
/* If this is the first branch, the firstbyte and reqbyte values for the
branch become the values for the regex. */
if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
{
firstbyte = branchfirstbyte;
reqbyte = branchreqbyte;
}
/* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqbyte have to
match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the previous
value for reqbyte didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match, and we set
REQ_VARY for the regex. */
else
{
/* If we previously had a firstbyte, but it doesn't match the new branch,
we have to abandon the firstbyte for the regex, but if there was previously
no reqbyte, it takes on the value of the old firstbyte. */
if (firstbyte >= 0 && firstbyte != branchfirstbyte)
{
if (reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
}
/* If we (now or from before) have no firstbyte, a firstbyte from the
branch becomes a reqbyte if there isn't a branch reqbyte. */
if (firstbyte < 0 && branchfirstbyte >= 0 && branchreqbyte < 0)
branchreqbyte = branchfirstbyte;
/* Now ensure that the reqbytes match */
if ((reqbyte & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqbyte & ~REQ_VARY))
reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
else reqbyte |= branchreqbyte; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
}
/* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string,
and put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of
the branch with OP_END. */
if (lookbehind)
{
int length;
*code = OP_END;
length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, options);
DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", length));
if (length < 0)
{
*errorcodeptr = (length == -2)? ERR36 : ERR25;
*ptrptr = ptr;
return FALSE;
}
PUT(reverse_count, 0, length);
}
/* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. Go back through
the alternative branches and reverse the chain of offsets, with the field in
the BRA item now becoming an offset to the first alternative. If there are
no alternatives, it points to the end of the group. The length in the
terminating ket is always the length of the whole bracketed item. If any of
the ims options were changed inside the group, compile a resetting op-code
following, except at the very end of the pattern. Return leaving the pointer
at the terminating char. */
if (*ptr != '|')
{
int length = code - last_branch;
do
{
int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
PUT(last_branch, 1, length);
length = prev_length;
last_branch -= length;
}
while (length > 0);
/* Fill in the ket */
*code = OP_KET;
PUT(code, 1, code - start_bracket);
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
/* Resetting option if needed */
if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims && *ptr == ')')
{
*code++ = OP_OPT;
*code++ = oldims;
}
/* Set values to pass back */
*codeptr = code;
*ptrptr = ptr;
*firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
*reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
return TRUE;
}
/* Another branch follows; insert an "or" node. Its length field points back
to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
*code = OP_ALT;
PUT(code, 1, code - last_branch);
bc.current = last_branch = code;
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
ptr++;
}
/* Control never reaches here */
}
/*************************************************
* Check for anchored expression *
*************************************************/
/* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD
counts, since OP_CIRC can match in the middle.
We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
into account the match offset".
A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
so there is no point trying again.... er ....
.... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
to catch that case precisely.
At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
of the more common cases more precisely.
Arguments:
code points to start of expression (the bracket)
options points to the options setting
bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
the less precise approach
backref_map the back reference bitmap
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
*/
static BOOL
is_anchored(register const uschar *code, int *options, unsigned int bracket_map,
unsigned int backref_map)
{
do {
const uschar *scode =
first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, options, PCRE_MULTILINE, FALSE);
register int op = *scode;
/* Capturing brackets */
if (op > OP_BRA)
{
int new_map;
op -= OP_BRA;
if (op > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX) op = GET2(scode, 2+LINK_SIZE);
new_map = bracket_map | ((op < 32)? (1 << op) : 1);
if (!is_anchored(scode, options, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
}
/* Other brackets */
else if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
{
if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
}
/* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set and it isn't in brackets that
are or may be referenced. */
else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR) &&
(*options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)
{
if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
}
/* Check for explicit anchoring */
else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM &&
((*options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0 || op != OP_CIRC))
return FALSE;
code += GET(code, 1);
}
while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */
return TRUE;
}
/*************************************************
* Check for starting with ^ or .* *
*************************************************/
/* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
"first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
because in that case we can't make the assumption.
Arguments:
code points to start of expression (the bracket)
bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
the less precise approach
backref_map the back reference bitmap
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
*/
static BOOL
is_startline(const uschar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
unsigned int backref_map)
{
do {
const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, NULL, 0,
FALSE);
register int op = *scode;
/* Capturing brackets */
if (op > OP_BRA)
{
int new_map;
op -= OP_BRA;
if (op > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX) op = GET2(scode, 2+LINK_SIZE);
new_map = bracket_map | ((op < 32)? (1 << op) : 1);
if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
}
/* Other brackets */
else if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
{ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; }
/* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in brackets that
may be referenced. */
else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR)
{
if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
}
/* Check for explicit circumflex */
else if (op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
/* Move on to the next alternative */
code += GET(code, 1);
}
while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */
return TRUE;
}
/*************************************************
* Check for asserted fixed first char *
*************************************************/
/* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all
of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then
we return that char, otherwise -1.
Arguments:
code points to start of expression (the bracket)
options pointer to the options (used to check casing changes)
inassert TRUE if in an assertion
Returns: -1 or the fixed first char
*/
static int
find_firstassertedchar(const uschar *code, int *options, BOOL inassert)
{
register int c = -1;
do {
int d;
const uschar *scode =
first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, options, PCRE_CASELESS, TRUE);
register int op = *scode;
if (op >= OP_BRA) op = OP_BRA;
switch(op)
{
default:
return -1;
case OP_BRA:
case OP_ASSERT:
case OP_ONCE:
case OP_COND:
if ((d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, options, op == OP_ASSERT)) < 0)
return -1;
if (c < 0) c = d; else if (c != d) return -1;
break;
case OP_EXACT: /* Fall through */
scode += 2;
case OP_CHAR:
case OP_CHARNC:
case OP_PLUS:
case OP_MINPLUS:
if (!inassert) return -1;
if (c < 0)
{
c = scode[1];
if ((*options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) c |= REQ_CASELESS;
}
else if (c != scode[1]) return -1;
break;
}
code += GET(code, 1);
}
while (*code == OP_ALT);
return c;
}
/*************************************************
* Compile a Regular Expression *
*************************************************/
/* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
Arguments:
pattern the regular expression
options various option bits
errorcodeptr pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
can be NULL if you don't want a code value
errorptr pointer to pointer to error text
erroroffset ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
tables pointer to character tables or NULL
Returns: pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
with errorptr and erroroffset set
*/
EXPORT pcre *
pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
{
return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
}
EXPORT pcre *
pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
{
real_pcre *re;
int length = 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* For initial BRA plus length */
int c, firstbyte, reqbyte;
int bracount = 0;
int branch_extra = 0;
int branch_newextra;
int item_count = -1;
int name_count = 0;
int max_name_size = 0;
int lastitemlength = 0;
int errorcode = 0;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
BOOL utf8;
BOOL class_utf8;
#endif
BOOL inescq = FALSE;
unsigned int brastackptr = 0;
size_t size;
uschar *code;
const uschar *codestart;
const uschar *ptr;
compile_data compile_block;
int brastack[BRASTACK_SIZE];
uschar bralenstack[BRASTACK_SIZE];
/* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
pointer. */
if (errorptr == NULL)
{
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
return NULL;
}
*errorptr = NULL;
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
/* However, we can give a message for this error */
if (erroroffset == NULL)
{
errorcode = ERR16;
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
}
*erroroffset = 0;
/* Can't support UTF8 unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
if (utf8 && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
(*erroroffset = _pcre_valid_utf8((uschar *)pattern, -1)) >= 0)
{
errorcode = ERR44;
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
}
#else
if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
{
errorcode = ERR32;
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
}
#endif
if ((options & ~PUBLIC_OPTIONS) != 0)
{
errorcode = ERR17;
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
}
/* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
if (tables == NULL) tables = _pcre_default_tables;
compile_block.lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
compile_block.fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
compile_block.cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
compile_block.ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
/* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. This is updated for numeric
references during the first pass, but for named references during the actual
compile pass. The bitmap records up to 31 back references to help in deciding
whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not. */
compile_block.top_backref = 0;
compile_block.backref_map = 0;
/* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
DPRINTF(("%s\n", pattern));
/* The first thing to do is to make a pass over the pattern to compute the
amount of store required to hold the compiled code. This does not have to be
perfect as long as errors are overestimates. At the same time we can detect any
flag settings right at the start, and extract them. Make an attempt to correct
for any counted white space if an "extended" flag setting appears late in the
pattern. We can't be so clever for #-comments. */
ptr = (const uschar *)(pattern - 1);
while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0)
{
int min, max;
int class_optcount;
int bracket_length;
int duplength;
/* If we are inside a \Q...\E sequence, all chars are literal */
if (inescq)
{
if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0) length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
goto NORMAL_CHAR;
}
/* Otherwise, first check for ignored whitespace and comments */
if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
{
if ((compile_block.ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
if (c == '#')
{
/* The space before the ; is to avoid a warning on a silly compiler
on the Macintosh. */
while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && c != NEWLINE) ;
if (c == 0) break;
continue;
}
}
item_count++; /* Is zero for the first non-comment item */
/* Allow space for auto callout before every item except quantifiers. */
if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 &&
c != '*' && c != '+' && c != '?' &&
(c != '{' || !is_counted_repeat(ptr + 1)))
length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
switch(c)
{
/* A backslashed item may be an escaped data character or it may be a
character type. */
case '\\':
c = check_escape(&ptr, &errorcode, bracount, options, FALSE);
if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
lastitemlength = 1; /* Default length of last item for repeats */
if (c >= 0) /* Data character */
{
length += 2; /* For a one-byte character */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && c > 127)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < _pcre_utf8_table1_size; i++)
if (c <= _pcre_utf8_table1[i]) break;
length += i;
lastitemlength += i;
}
#endif
continue;
}
/* If \Q, enter "literal" mode */
if (-c == ESC_Q)
{
inescq = TRUE;
continue;
}
/* \X is supported only if Unicode property support is compiled */
#ifndef SUPPORT_UCP
if (-c == ESC_X)
{
errorcode = ERR45;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
#endif
/* \P and \p are for Unicode properties, but only when the support has
been compiled. Each item needs 2 bytes. */
else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
BOOL negated;
length += 2;
lastitemlength = 2;
if (get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &errorcode) < 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
continue;
#else
errorcode = ERR45;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
#endif
}
/* Other escapes need one byte */
length++;
/* A back reference needs an additional 2 bytes, plus either one or 5
bytes for a repeat. We also need to keep the value of the highest
back reference. */
if (c <= -ESC_REF)
{
int refnum = -c - ESC_REF;
compile_block.backref_map |= (refnum < 32)? (1 << refnum) : 1;
if (refnum > compile_block.top_backref)
compile_block.top_backref = refnum;
length += 2; /* For single back reference */
if (ptr[1] == '{' && is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))
{
ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+2, &min, &max, &errorcode);
if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
if ((min == 0 && (max == 1 || max == -1)) ||
(min == 1 && max == -1))
length++;
else length += 5;
if (ptr[1] == '?') ptr++;
}
}
continue;
case '^': /* Single-byte metacharacters */
case '.':
case '$':
length++;
lastitemlength = 1;
continue;
case '*': /* These repeats won't be after brackets; */
case '+': /* those are handled separately */
case '?':
length++;
goto POSESSIVE; /* A few lines below */
/* This covers the cases of braced repeats after a single char, metachar,
class, or back reference. */
case '{':
if (!is_counted_repeat(ptr+1)) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &min, &max, &errorcode);
if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
/* These special cases just insert one extra opcode */
if ((min == 0 && (max == 1 || max == -1)) ||
(min == 1 && max == -1))
length++;
/* These cases might insert additional copies of a preceding character. */
else
{
if (min != 1)
{
length -= lastitemlength; /* Uncount the original char or metachar */
if (min > 0) length += 3 + lastitemlength;
}
length += lastitemlength + ((max > 0)? 3 : 1);
}
if (ptr[1] == '?') ptr++; /* Needs no extra length */
POSESSIVE: /* Test for possessive quantifier */
if (ptr[1] == '+')
{
ptr++;
length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Allow for atomic brackets */
}
continue;
/* An alternation contains an offset to the next branch or ket. If any ims
options changed in the previous branch(es), and/or if we are in a
lookbehind assertion, extra space will be needed at the start of the
branch. This is handled by branch_extra. */
case '|':
length += 1 + LINK_SIZE + branch_extra;
continue;
/* A character class uses 33 characters provided that all the character
values are less than 256. Otherwise, it uses a bit map for low valued
characters, and individual items for others. Don't worry about character
types that aren't allowed in classes - they'll get picked up during the
compile. A character class that contains only one single-byte character
uses 2 or 3 bytes, depending on whether it is negated or not. Notice this
where we can. (In UTF-8 mode we can do this only for chars < 128.) */
case '[':
if (*(++ptr) == '^')
{
class_optcount = 10; /* Greater than one */
ptr++;
}
else class_optcount = 0;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
class_utf8 = FALSE;
#endif
/* Written as a "do" so that an initial ']' is taken as data */
if (*ptr != 0) do
{
/* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
if (inescq)
{
if (*ptr != '\\' || ptr[1] != 'E') goto GET_ONE_CHARACTER;
inescq = FALSE;
ptr += 1;
continue;
}
/* Outside \Q...\E, check for escapes */
if (*ptr == '\\')
{
c = check_escape(&ptr, &errorcode, bracount, options, TRUE);
if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
/* \b is backspace inside a class; \X is literal */
if (-c == ESC_b) c = '\b';
else if (-c == ESC_X) c = 'X';
/* \Q enters quoting mode */
else if (-c == ESC_Q)
{
inescq = TRUE;
continue;
}
/* Handle escapes that turn into characters */
if (c >= 0) goto NON_SPECIAL_CHARACTER;
/* Escapes that are meta-things. The normal ones just affect the
bit map, but Unicode properties require an XCLASS extended item. */
else
{
class_optcount = 10; /* \d, \s etc; make sure > 1 */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (-c == ESC_p || -c == ESC_P)
{
if (!class_utf8)
{
class_utf8 = TRUE;
length += LINK_SIZE + 2;
}
length += 2;
}
#endif
}
}
/* Check the syntax for POSIX stuff. The bits we actually handle are
checked during the real compile phase. */
else if (*ptr == '[' && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &ptr, &compile_block))
{
ptr++;
class_optcount = 10; /* Make sure > 1 */
}
/* Anything else increments the possible optimization count. We have to
detect ranges here so that we can compute the number of extra ranges for
caseless wide characters when UCP support is available. If there are wide
characters, we are going to have to use an XCLASS, even for single
characters. */
else
{
int d;
GET_ONE_CHARACTER:
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8)
{
int extra = 0;
GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, extra);
ptr += extra;
}
else c = *ptr;
#else
c = *ptr;
#endif
/* Come here from handling \ above when it escapes to a char value */
NON_SPECIAL_CHARACTER:
class_optcount++;
d = -1;
if (ptr[1] == '-')
{
uschar const *hyptr = ptr++;
if (ptr[1] == '\\')
{
ptr++;
d = check_escape(&ptr, &errorcode, bracount, options, TRUE);
if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
if (-d == ESC_b) d = '\b'; /* backspace */
else if (-d == ESC_X) d = 'X'; /* literal X in a class */
}
else if (ptr[1] != 0 && ptr[1] != ']')
{
ptr++;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8)
{
int extra = 0;
GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, extra);
ptr += extra;
}
else
#endif
d = *ptr;
}
if (d < 0) ptr = hyptr; /* go back to hyphen as data */
}
/* If d >= 0 we have a range. In UTF-8 mode, if the end is > 255, or >
127 for caseless matching, we will need to use an XCLASS. */
if (d >= 0)
{
class_optcount = 10; /* Ensure > 1 */
if (d < c)
{
errorcode = ERR8;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127)))
{
uschar buffer[6];
if (!class_utf8) /* Allow for XCLASS overhead */
{
class_utf8 = TRUE;
length += LINK_SIZE + 2;
}
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
/* If we have UCP support, find out how many extra ranges are
needed to map the other case of characters within this range. We
have to mimic the range optimization here, because extending the
range upwards might push d over a boundary that makes is use
another byte in the UTF-8 representation. */
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
{
int occ, ocd;
int cc = c;
int origd = d;
while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd))
{
if (occ >= c && ocd <= d) continue; /* Skip embedded */
if (occ < c && ocd >= c - 1) /* Extend the basic range */
{ /* if there is overlap, */
c = occ; /* noting that if occ < c */
continue; /* we can't have ocd > d */
} /* because a subrange is */
if (ocd > d && occ <= d + 1) /* always shorter than */
{ /* the basic range. */
d = ocd;
continue;
}
/* An extra item is needed */
length += 1 + _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, buffer) +
((occ == ocd)? 0 : _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, buffer));
}
}
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
/* The length of the (possibly extended) range */
length += 1 + _pcre_ord2utf8(c, buffer) + _pcre_ord2utf8(d, buffer);
}
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
}
/* We have a single character. There is nothing to be done unless we
are in UTF-8 mode. If the char is > 255, or 127 when caseless, we must
allow for an XCL_SINGLE item, doubled for caselessness if there is UCP
support. */
else
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127)))
{
uschar buffer[6];
class_optcount = 10; /* Ensure > 1 */
if (!class_utf8) /* Allow for XCLASS overhead */
{
class_utf8 = TRUE;
length += LINK_SIZE + 2;
}
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
length += (((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? 2 : 1) *
(1 + _pcre_ord2utf8(c, buffer));
#else /* SUPPORT_UCP */
length += 1 + _pcre_ord2utf8(c, buffer);
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
}
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
}
}
}
while (*(++ptr) != 0 && (inescq || *ptr != ']')); /* Concludes "do" above */
if (*ptr == 0) /* Missing terminating ']' */
{
errorcode = ERR6;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
/* We can optimize when there was only one optimizable character. Repeats
for positive and negated single one-byte chars are handled by the general
code. Here, we handle repeats for the class opcodes. */
if (class_optcount == 1) length += 3; else
{
length += 33;
/* A repeat needs either 1 or 5 bytes. If it is a possessive quantifier,
we also need extra for wrapping the whole thing in a sub-pattern. */
if (*ptr != 0 && ptr[1] == '{' && is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))
{
ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+2, &min, &max, &errorcode);
if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
if ((min == 0 && (max == 1 || max == -1)) ||
(min == 1 && max == -1))
length++;
else length += 5;
if (ptr[1] == '+')
{
ptr++;
length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
}
else if (ptr[1] == '?') ptr++;
}
}
continue;
/* Brackets may be genuine groups or special things */
case '(':
branch_newextra = 0;
bracket_length = 1 + LINK_SIZE;
/* Handle special forms of bracket, which all start (? */
if (ptr[1] == '?')
{
int set, unset;
int *optset;
switch (c = ptr[2])
{
/* Skip over comments entirely */
case '#':
ptr += 3;
while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != ')') ptr++;
if (*ptr == 0)
{
errorcode = ERR18;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
continue;
/* Non-referencing groups and lookaheads just move the pointer on, and
then behave like a non-special bracket, except that they don't increment
the count of extracting brackets. Ditto for the "once only" bracket,
which is in Perl from version 5.005. */
case ':':
case '=':
case '!':
case '>':
ptr += 2;
break;
/* (?R) specifies a recursive call to the regex, which is an extension
to provide the facility which can be obtained by (?p{perl-code}) in
Perl 5.6. In Perl 5.8 this has become (??{perl-code}).
From PCRE 4.00, items such as (?3) specify subroutine-like "calls" to
the appropriate numbered brackets. This includes both recursive and
non-recursive calls. (?R) is now synonymous with (?0). */
case 'R':
ptr++;
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
ptr += 2;
if (c != 'R')
while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0);
if (*ptr != ')')
{
errorcode = ERR29;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
/* If this item is quantified, it will get wrapped inside brackets so
as to use the code for quantified brackets. We jump down and use the
code that handles this for real brackets. */
if (ptr[1] == '+' || ptr[1] == '*' || ptr[1] == '?' || ptr[1] == '{')
{
length += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE; /* to make bracketed */
duplength = 5 + 3 * LINK_SIZE;
goto HANDLE_QUANTIFIED_BRACKETS;
}
continue;
/* (?C) is an extension which provides "callout" - to provide a bit of
the functionality of the Perl (?{...}) feature. An optional number may
follow (default is zero). */
case 'C':
ptr += 2;
while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0);
if (*ptr != ')')
{
errorcode = ERR39;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
continue;
/* Named subpatterns are an extension copied from Python */
case 'P':
ptr += 3;
if (*ptr == '<')
{
const uschar *p; /* Don't amalgamate; some compilers */
p = ++ptr; /* grumble at autoincrement in declaration */
while ((compile_block.ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
if (*ptr != '>')
{
errorcode = ERR42;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
name_count++;
if (ptr - p > max_name_size) max_name_size = (ptr - p);
break;
}
if (*ptr == '=' || *ptr == '>')
{
while ((compile_block.ctypes[*(++ptr)] & ctype_word) != 0);
if (*ptr != ')')
{
errorcode = ERR42;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
break;
}
/* Unknown character after (?P */
errorcode = ERR41;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
/* Lookbehinds are in Perl from version 5.005 */
case '<':
ptr += 3;
if (*ptr == '=' || *ptr == '!')
{
branch_newextra = 1 + LINK_SIZE;
length += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* For the first branch */
break;
}
errorcode = ERR24;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
/* Conditionals are in Perl from version 5.005. The bracket must either
be followed by a number (for bracket reference) or by an assertion
group, or (a PCRE extension) by 'R' for a recursion test. */
case '(':
if (ptr[3] == 'R' && ptr[4] == ')')
{
ptr += 4;
length += 3;
}
else if ((digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
{
ptr += 4;
length += 3;
while ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0) ptr++;
if (*ptr != ')')
{
errorcode = ERR26;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
}
else /* An assertion must follow */
{
ptr++; /* Can treat like ':' as far as spacing is concerned */
if (ptr[2] != '?' ||
(ptr[3] != '=' && ptr[3] != '!' && ptr[3] != '<') )
{
ptr += 2; /* To get right offset in message */
errorcode = ERR28;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
}
break;
/* Else loop checking valid options until ) is met. Anything else is an
error. If we are without any brackets, i.e. at top level, the settings
act as if specified in the options, so massage the options immediately.
This is for backward compatibility with Perl 5.004. */
default:
set = unset = 0;
optset = &set;
ptr += 2;
for (;; ptr++)
{
c = *ptr;
switch (c)
{
case 'i':
*optset |= PCRE_CASELESS;
continue;
case 'm':
*optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE;
continue;
case 's':
*optset |= PCRE_DOTALL;
continue;
case 'x':
*optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED;
continue;
case 'X':
*optset |= PCRE_EXTRA;
continue;
case 'U':
*optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY;
continue;
case '-':
optset = &unset;
continue;
/* A termination by ')' indicates an options-setting-only item; if
this is at the very start of the pattern (indicated by item_count
being zero), we use it to set the global options. This is helpful
when analyzing the pattern for first characters, etc. Otherwise
nothing is done here and it is handled during the compiling
process.
[Historical note: Up to Perl 5.8, options settings at top level
were always global settings, wherever they appeared in the pattern.
That is, they were equivalent to an external setting. From 5.8
onwards, they apply only to what follows (which is what you might
expect).] */
case ')':
if (item_count == 0)
{
options = (options | set) & (~unset);
set = unset = 0; /* To save length */
item_count--; /* To allow for several */
}
/* Fall through */
/* A termination by ':' indicates the start of a nested group with
the given options set. This is again handled at compile time, but
we must allow for compiled space if any of the ims options are
set. We also have to allow for resetting space at the end of
the group, which is why 4 is added to the length and not just 2.
If there are several changes of options within the same group, this
will lead to an over-estimate on the length, but this shouldn't
matter very much. We also have to allow for resetting options at
the start of any alternations, which we do by setting
branch_newextra to 2. Finally, we record whether the case-dependent
flag ever changes within the regex. This is used by the "required
character" code. */
case ':':
if (((set|unset) & PCRE_IMS) != 0)
{
length += 4;
branch_newextra = 2;
if (((set|unset) & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) options |= PCRE_ICHANGED;
}
goto END_OPTIONS;
/* Unrecognized option character */
default:
errorcode = ERR12;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
}
/* If we hit a closing bracket, that's it - this is a freestanding
option-setting. We need to ensure that branch_extra is updated if
necessary. The only values branch_newextra can have here are 0 or 2.
If the value is 2, then branch_extra must either be 2 or 5, depending
on whether this is a lookbehind group or not. */
END_OPTIONS:
if (c == ')')
{
if (branch_newextra == 2 &&
(branch_extra == 0 || branch_extra == 1+LINK_SIZE))
branch_extra += branch_newextra;
continue;
}
/* If options were terminated by ':' control comes here. Fall through
to handle the group below. */
}
}
/* Extracting brackets must be counted so we can process escapes in a
Perlish way. If the number exceeds EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX we are going to
need an additional 3 bytes of store per extracting bracket. However, if
PCRE_NO_AUTO)CAPTURE is set, unadorned brackets become non-capturing, so we
must leave the count alone (it will aways be zero). */
else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) == 0)
{
bracount++;
if (bracount > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX) bracket_length += 3;
}
/* Save length for computing whole length at end if there's a repeat that
requires duplication of the group. Also save the current value of
branch_extra, and start the new group with the new value. If non-zero, this
will either be 2 for a (?imsx: group, or 3 for a lookbehind assertion. */
if (brastackptr >= sizeof(brastack)/sizeof(int))
{
errorcode = ERR19;
goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
bralenstack[brastackptr] = branch_extra;
branch_extra = branch_newextra;
brastack[brastackptr++] = length;
length += bracket_length;
continue;
/* Handle ket. Look for subsequent max/min; for certain sets of values we
have to replicate this bracket up to that many times. If brastackptr is
0 this is an unmatched bracket which will generate an error, but take care
not to try to access brastack[-1] when computing the length and restoring
the branch_extra value. */
case ')':
length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
if (brastackptr > 0)
{
duplength = length - brastack[--brastackptr];
branch_extra = bralenstack[brastackptr];
}
else duplength = 0;
/* The following code is also used when a recursion such as (?3) is
followed by a quantifier, because in that case, it has to be wrapped inside
brackets so that the quantifier works. The value of duplength must be
set before arrival. */
HANDLE_QUANTIFIED_BRACKETS:
/* Leave ptr at the final char; for read_repeat_counts this happens
automatically; for the others we need an increment. */
if ((c = ptr[1]) == '{' && is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))
{
ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+2, &min, &max, &errorcode);
if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
}
else if (c == '*') { min = 0; max = -1; ptr++; }
else if (c == '+') { min = 1; max = -1; ptr++; }
else if (c == '?') { min = 0; max = 1; ptr++; }
else { min = 1; max = 1; }
/* If the minimum is zero, we have to allow for an OP_BRAZERO before the
group, and if the maximum is greater than zero, we have to replicate
maxval-1 times; each replication acquires an OP_BRAZERO plus a nesting
bracket set. */
if (min == 0)
{
length++;
if (max > 0) length += (max - 1) * (duplength + 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
}
/* When the minimum is greater than zero, we have to replicate up to
minval-1 times, with no additions required in the copies. Then, if there
is a limited maximum we have to replicate up to maxval-1 times allowing
for a BRAZERO item before each optional copy and nesting brackets for all
but one of the optional copies. */
else
{
length += (min - 1) * duplength;
if (max > min) /* Need this test as max=-1 means no limit */
length += (max - min) * (duplength + 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
- (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
}
/* Allow space for once brackets for "possessive quantifier" */
if (ptr[1] == '+')
{
ptr++;
length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
}
continue;
/* Non-special character. It won't be space or # in extended mode, so it is
always a genuine character. If we are in a \Q...\E sequence, check for the
end; if not, we have a literal. */
default:
NORMAL_CHAR:
if (inescq && c == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E')
{
inescq = FALSE;
ptr++;
continue;
}
length += 2; /* For a one-byte character */
lastitemlength = 1; /* Default length of last item for repeats */
/* In UTF-8 mode, check for additional bytes. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8 && (c & 0xc0) == 0xc0)
{
while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80) /* Can't flow over the end */
{ /* because the end is marked */
lastitemlength++; /* by a zero byte. */
length++;
ptr++;
}
}
#endif
continue;
}
}
length += 2 + LINK_SIZE; /* For final KET and END */
if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE; /* For final callout */
if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
{
errorcode = ERR20;
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
}
/* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or
externally provided function. */
size = length + sizeof(real_pcre) + name_count * (max_name_size + 3);
re = (real_pcre *)(pcre_malloc)(size);
if (re == NULL)
{
errorcode = ERR21;
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
}
/* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, options, and character table
pointer. NULL is used for the default character tables. The nullpad field is at
the end; it's there to help in the case when a regex compiled on a system with
4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte pointers. */
re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
re->size = size;
re->options = options;
re->dummy1 = 0;
re->name_table_offset = sizeof(real_pcre);
re->name_entry_size = max_name_size + 3;
re->name_count = name_count;
re->ref_count = 0;
re->tables = (tables == _pcre_default_tables)? NULL : tables;
re->nullpad = NULL;
/* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
passed around in the compile data block. */
compile_block.names_found = 0;
compile_block.name_entry_size = max_name_size + 3;
compile_block.name_table = (uschar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
codestart = compile_block.name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
compile_block.start_code = codestart;
compile_block.start_pattern = (const uschar *)pattern;
compile_block.req_varyopt = 0;
compile_block.nopartial = FALSE;
/* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
of the function here. */
ptr = (const uschar *)pattern;
code = (uschar *)codestart;
*code = OP_BRA;
bracount = 0;
(void)compile_regex(options, options & PCRE_IMS, &bracount, &code, &ptr,
&errorcode, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, &compile_block);
re->top_bracket = bracount;
re->top_backref = compile_block.top_backref;
if (compile_block.nopartial) re->options |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
/* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != 0) errorcode = ERR22;
/* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
*code++ = OP_END;
#ifndef DEBUG
if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
#endif
/* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
subpattern. */
if (re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
/* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
if (errorcode != 0)
{
(pcre_free)(re);
PCRE_ERROR_RETURN:
*erroroffset = ptr - (const uschar *)pattern;
PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
*errorptr = error_texts[errorcode];
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
return NULL;
}
/* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else (such
as starting with .* when DOTALL is set).
Otherwise, if we know what the first character has to be, save it, because that
speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
start with ^. and also when all branches start with .* for non-DOTALL matches.
*/
if ((options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
{
int temp_options = options;
if (is_anchored(codestart, &temp_options, 0, compile_block.backref_map))
re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
else
{
if (firstbyte < 0)
firstbyte = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &temp_options, FALSE);
if (firstbyte >= 0) /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
{
int ch = firstbyte & 255;
re->first_byte = ((firstbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
compile_block.fcc[ch] == ch)? ch : firstbyte;
re->options |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
}
else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, compile_block.backref_map))
re->options |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
}
}
/* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
bytes. */
if (reqbyte >= 0 &&
((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqbyte & REQ_VARY) != 0))
{
int ch = reqbyte & 255;
re->req_byte = ((reqbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
compile_block.fcc[ch] == ch)? (reqbyte & ~REQ_CASELESS) : reqbyte;
re->options |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
}
/* Print out the compiled data for debugging */
#ifdef DEBUG
printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
if (re->options != 0)
{
printf("%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s\n",
((re->options & PCRE_NOPARTIAL) != 0)? "nopartial " : "",
((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0)? "anchored " : "",
((re->options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? "caseless " : "",
((re->options & PCRE_ICHANGED) != 0)? "case state changed " : "",
((re->options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)? "extended " : "",
((re->options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? "multiline " : "",
((re->options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? "dotall " : "",
((re->options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0)? "endonly " : "",
((re->options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)? "extra " : "",
((re->options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0)? "ungreedy " : "");
}
if ((re->options & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
{
int ch = re->first_byte & 255;
const char *caseless = ((re->first_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
if (isprint(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
}
if ((re->options & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
{
int ch = re->req_byte & 255;
const char *caseless = ((re->req_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
if (isprint(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
}
_pcre_printint(re, stdout);
/* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
was compiled can be seen. */
if (code - codestart > length)
{
(pcre_free)(re);
*errorptr = error_texts[ERR23];
*erroroffset = ptr - (uschar *)pattern;
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
return NULL;
}
#endif
return (pcre *)re;
}
/* End of pcre_compile.c */
Index: pcre_config.c
====================================================================
/* $Cambridge: exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_config.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
/*************************************************
* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
*************************************************/
/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
Written by Philip Hazel
Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* This module contains the external function pcre_config(). */
#include "pcre_internal.h"
/*************************************************
* Return info about what features are configured *
*************************************************/
/* This function has an extensible interface so that additional items can be
added compatibly.
Arguments:
what what information is required
where where to put the information
Returns: 0 if data returned, negative on error
*/
EXPORT int
pcre_config(int what, void *where)
{
switch (what)
{
case PCRE_CONFIG_UTF8:
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
*((int *)where) = 1;
#else
*((int *)where) = 0;
#endif
break;
case PCRE_CONFIG_UNICODE_PROPERTIES:
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
*((int *)where) = 1;
#else
*((int *)where) = 0;
#endif
break;
case PCRE_CONFIG_NEWLINE:
*((int *)where) = NEWLINE;
break;
case PCRE_CONFIG_LINK_SIZE:
*((int *)where) = LINK_SIZE;
break;
case PCRE_CONFIG_POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD:
*((int *)where) = POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD;
break;
case PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT:
*((unsigned int *)where) = MATCH_LIMIT;
break;
case PCRE_CONFIG_STACKRECURSE:
#ifdef NO_RECURSE
*((int *)where) = 0;
#else
*((int *)where) = 1;
#endif
break;
default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION;
}
return 0;
}
/* End of pcre_config.c */
Index: pcre_exec.c
====================================================================
/* $Cambridge: exim/exim-src/src/pcre/pcre_exec.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
/*************************************************
* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
*************************************************/
/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
Written by Philip Hazel
Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* This module contains pcre_exec(), the externally visible function that does
pattern matching using an NFA algorithm, trying to mimic Perl as closely as
possible. There are also some static supporting functions. */
#include "pcre_internal.h"
/* Structure for building a chain of data that actually lives on the
stack, for holding the values of the subject pointer at the start of each
subpattern, so as to detect when an empty string has been matched by a
subpattern - to break infinite loops. When NO_RECURSE is set, these blocks
are on the heap, not on the stack. */
typedef struct eptrblock {
struct eptrblock *epb_prev;
const uschar *epb_saved_eptr;
} eptrblock;
/* Flag bits for the match() function */
#define match_condassert 0x01 /* Called to check a condition assertion */
#define match_isgroup 0x02 /* Set if start of bracketed group */
/* Non-error returns from the match() function. Error returns are externally
defined PCRE_ERROR_xxx codes, which are all negative. */
#define MATCH_MATCH 1
#define MATCH_NOMATCH 0
/* Maximum number of ints of offset to save on the stack for recursive calls.
If the offset vector is bigger, malloc is used. This should be a multiple of 3,
because the offset vector is always a multiple of 3 long. */
#define REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX 30
/* Min and max values for the common repeats; for the maxima, 0 => infinity */
static const char rep_min[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 };
static const char rep_max[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1 };
#ifdef DEBUG
/*************************************************
* Debugging function to print chars *
*************************************************/
/* Print a sequence of chars in printable format, stopping at the end of the
subject if the requested.
Arguments:
p points to characters
length number to print
is_subject TRUE if printing from within md->start_subject
md pointer to matching data block, if is_subject is TRUE
Returns: nothing
*/
static void
pchars(const uschar *p, int length, BOOL is_subject, match_data *md)
{
int c;
if (is_subject && length > md->end_subject - p) length = md->end_subject - p;
while (length-- > 0)
if (isprint(c = *(p++))) printf("%c", c); else printf("\\x%02x", c);
}
#endif
/*************************************************
* Match a back-reference *
*************************************************/
/* If a back reference hasn't been set, the length that is passed is greater
than the number of characters left in the string, so the match fails.
Arguments:
offset index into the offset vector
eptr points into the subject
length length to be matched
md points to match data block
ims the ims flags
Returns: TRUE if matched
*/
static BOOL
match_ref(int offset, register const uschar *eptr, int length, match_data *md,
unsigned long int ims)
{
const uschar *p = md->start_subject + md->offset_vector[offset];
#ifdef DEBUG
if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
printf("matching subject <null>");
else
{
printf("matching subject ");
pchars(eptr, length, TRUE, md);
}
printf(" against backref ");
pchars(p, length, FALSE, md);
printf("\n");
#endif
/* Always fail if not enough characters left */
if (length > md->end_subject - eptr) return FALSE;
/* Separate the caselesss case for speed */
if ((ims & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
{
while (length-- > 0)
if (md->lcc[*p++] != md->lcc[*eptr++]) return FALSE;
}
else
{ while (length-- > 0) if (*p++ != *eptr++) return FALSE; }
return TRUE;
}
/***************************************************************************
****************************************************************************
RECURSION IN THE match() FUNCTION
The match() function is highly recursive. Some regular expressions can cause
it to recurse thousands of times. I was writing for Unix, so I just let it
call itself recursively. This uses the stack for saving everything that has
to be saved for a recursive call. On Unix, the stack can be large, and this
works fine.
It turns out that on non-Unix systems there are problems with programs that
use a lot of stack. (This despite the fact that every last chip has oodles
of memory these days, and techniques for extending the stack have been known
for decades.) So....
There is a fudge, triggered by defining NO_RECURSE, which avoids recursive
calls by keeping local variables that need to be preserved in blocks of memory
obtained from malloc instead instead of on the stack. Macros are used to
achieve this so that the actual code doesn't look very different to what it
always used to.
****************************************************************************
***************************************************************************/
/* These versions of the macros use the stack, as normal */
#ifndef NO_RECURSE
#define REGISTER register
#define RMATCH(rx,ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rf,rg) rx = match(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rf,rg)
#define RRETURN(ra) return ra
#else
/* These versions of the macros manage a private stack on the heap. Note
that the rd argument of RMATCH isn't actually used. It's the md argument of
match(), which never changes. */
#define REGISTER
#define RMATCH(rx,ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rf,rg)\
{\
heapframe *newframe = (pcre_stack_malloc)(sizeof(heapframe));\
if (setjmp(frame->Xwhere) == 0)\
{\
newframe->Xeptr = ra;\
newframe->Xecode = rb;\
newframe->Xoffset_top = rc;\
newframe->Xims = re;\
newframe->Xeptrb = rf;\
newframe->Xflags = rg;\
newframe->Xprevframe = frame;\
frame = newframe;\
DPRINTF(("restarting from line %d\n", __LINE__));\
goto HEAP_RECURSE;\
}\
else\
{\
DPRINTF(("longjumped back to line %d\n", __LINE__));\
frame = md->thisframe;\
rx = frame->Xresult;\
}\
}
#define RRETURN(ra)\
{\
heapframe *newframe = frame;\
frame = newframe->Xprevframe;\
(pcre_stack_free)(newframe);\
if (frame != NULL)\
{\
frame->Xresult = ra;\
md->thisframe = frame;\
longjmp(frame->Xwhere, 1);\
}\
return ra;\
}
/* Structure for remembering the local variables in a private frame */
typedef struct heapframe {
struct heapframe *Xprevframe;
/* Function arguments that may change */
const uschar *Xeptr;
const uschar *Xecode;
int Xoffset_top;
long int Xims;
eptrblock *Xeptrb;
int Xflags;
/* Function local variables */
const uschar *Xcallpat;
const uschar *Xcharptr;
const uschar *Xdata;
const uschar *Xnext;
const uschar *Xpp;
const uschar *Xprev;
const uschar *Xsaved_eptr;
recursion_info Xnew_recursive;
BOOL Xcur_is_word;
BOOL Xcondition;
BOOL Xminimize;
BOOL Xprev_is_word;
unsigned long int Xoriginal_ims;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
int Xprop_type;
int Xprop_fail_result;
int Xprop_category;
int Xprop_chartype;
int Xprop_othercase;
int Xprop_test_against;
int *Xprop_test_variable;
#endif
int Xctype;
int Xfc;
int Xfi;
int Xlength;
int Xmax;
int Xmin;
int Xnumber;
int Xoffset;
int Xop;
int Xsave_capture_last;
int Xsave_offset1, Xsave_offset2, Xsave_offset3;
int Xstacksave[REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX];
eptrblock Xnewptrb;
/* Place to pass back result, and where to jump back to */
int Xresult;
jmp_buf Xwhere;
} heapframe;
#endif
/***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************
* Match from current position *
*************************************************/
/* On entry ecode points to the first opcode, and eptr to the first character
in the subject string, while eptrb holds the value of eptr at the start of the
last bracketed group - used for breaking infinite loops matching zero-length
strings. This function is called recursively in many circumstances. Whenever it
returns a negative (error) response, the outer incarnation must also return the
same response.
Performance note: It might be tempting to extract commonly used fields from the
md structure (e.g. utf8, end_subject) into individual variables to improve
performance. Tests using gcc on a SPARC disproved this; in the first case, it
made performance worse.
Arguments:
eptr pointer in subject
ecode position in code
offset_top current top pointer
md pointer to "static" info for the match
ims current /i, /m, and /s options
eptrb pointer to chain of blocks containing eptr at start of
brackets - for testing for empty matches
flags can contain
match_condassert - this is an assertion condition
match_isgroup - this is the start of a bracketed group
Returns: MATCH_MATCH if matched ) these values are >= 0
MATCH_NOMATCH if failed to match )
a negative PCRE_ERROR_xxx value if aborted by an error condition
(e.g. stopped by recursion limit)
*/
static int
match(REGISTER const uschar *eptr, REGISTER const uschar *ecode,
int offset_top, match_data *md, unsigned long int ims, eptrblock *eptrb,
int flags)
{
/* These variables do not need to be preserved over recursion in this function,
so they can be ordinary variables in all cases. Mark them with "register"
because they are used a lot in loops. */
register int rrc; /* Returns from recursive calls */
register int i; /* Used for loops not involving calls to RMATCH() */
register int c; /* Character values not kept over RMATCH() calls */
register BOOL utf8; /* Local copy of UTF-8 flag for speed */
/* When recursion is not being used, all "local" variables that have to be
preserved over calls to RMATCH() are part of a "frame" which is obtained from
heap storage. Set up the top-level frame here; others are obtained from the
heap whenever RMATCH() does a "recursion". See the macro definitions above. */
#ifdef NO_RECURSE
heapframe *frame = (pcre_stack_malloc)(sizeof(heapframe));
frame->Xprevframe = NULL; /* Marks the top level */
/* Copy in the original argument variables */
frame->Xeptr = eptr;
frame->Xecode = ecode;
frame->Xoffset_top = offset_top;
frame->Xims = ims;
frame->Xeptrb = eptrb;
frame->Xflags = flags;
/* This is where control jumps back to to effect "recursion" */
HEAP_RECURSE:
/* Macros make the argument variables come from the current frame */
#define eptr frame->Xeptr
#define ecode frame->Xecode
#define offset_top frame->Xoffset_top
#define ims frame->Xims
#define eptrb frame->Xeptrb
#define flags frame->Xflags
/* Ditto for the local variables */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
#define charptr frame->Xcharptr
#endif
#define callpat frame->Xcallpat
#define data frame->Xdata
#define next frame->Xnext
#define pp frame->Xpp
#define prev frame->Xprev
#define saved_eptr frame->Xsaved_eptr
#define new_recursive frame->Xnew_recursive
#define cur_is_word frame->Xcur_is_word
#define condition frame->Xcondition
#define minimize frame->Xminimize
#define prev_is_word frame->Xprev_is_word
#define original_ims frame->Xoriginal_ims
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
#define prop_type frame->Xprop_type
#define prop_fail_result frame->Xprop_fail_result
#define prop_category frame->Xprop_category
#define prop_chartype frame->Xprop_chartype
#define prop_othercase frame->Xprop_othercase
#define prop_test_against frame->Xprop_test_against
#define prop_test_variable frame->Xprop_test_variable
#endif
#define ctype frame->Xctype
#define fc frame->Xfc
#define fi frame->Xfi
#define length frame->Xlength
#define max frame->Xmax
#define min frame->Xmin
#define number frame->Xnumber
#define offset frame->Xoffset
#define op frame->Xop
#define save_capture_last frame->Xsave_capture_last
#define save_offset1 frame->Xsave_offset1
#define save_offset2 frame->Xsave_offset2
#define save_offset3 frame->Xsave_offset3
#define stacksave frame->Xstacksave
#define newptrb frame->Xnewptrb
/* When recursion is being used, local variables are allocated on the stack and
get preserved during recursion in the normal way. In this environment, fi and
i, and fc and c, can be the same variables. */
#else
#define fi i
#define fc c
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 /* Many of these variables are used ony */
const uschar *charptr; /* small blocks of the code. My normal */
#endif /* style of coding would have declared */
const uschar *callpat; /* them within each of those blocks. */
const uschar *data; /* However, in order to accommodate the */
const uschar *next; /* version of this code that uses an */
const uschar *pp; /* external "stack" implemented on the */
const uschar *prev; /* heap, it is easier to declare them */
const uschar *saved_eptr; /* all here, so the declarations can */
/* be cut out in a block. The only */
recursion_info new_recursive; /* declarations within blocks below are */
/* for variables that do not have to */
BOOL cur_is_word; /* be preserved over a recursive call */
BOOL condition; /* to RMATCH(). */
BOOL minimize;
BOOL prev_is_word;
unsigned long int original_ims;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
int prop_type;
int prop_fail_result;
int prop_category;
int prop_chartype;
int prop_othercase;
int prop_test_against;
int *prop_test_variable;
#endif
int ctype;
int length;
int max;
int min;
int number;
int offset;
int op;
int save_capture_last;
int save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3;
int stacksave[REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX];
eptrblock newptrb;
#endif
/* These statements are here to stop the compiler complaining about unitialized
variables. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
prop_fail_result = 0;
prop_test_against = 0;
prop_test_variable = NULL;
#endif
/* OK, now we can get on with the real code of the function. Recursion is
specified by the macros RMATCH and RRETURN. When NO_RECURSE is *not* defined,
these just turn into a recursive call to match() and a "return", respectively.
However, RMATCH isn't like a function call because it's quite a complicated
macro. It has to be used in one particular way. This shouldn't, however, impact
performance when true recursion is being used. */
if (md->match_call_count++ >= md->match_limit) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT);
original_ims = ims; /* Save for resetting on ')' */
utf8 = md->utf8; /* Local copy of the flag */
/* At the start of a bracketed group, add the current subject pointer to the
stack of such pointers, to be re-instated at the end of the group when we hit
the closing ket. When match() is called in other circumstances, we don't add to
this stack. */
if ((flags & match_isgroup) != 0)
{
newptrb.epb_prev = eptrb;
newptrb.epb_saved_eptr = eptr;
eptrb = &newptrb;
}
/* Now start processing the operations. */
for (;;)
{
op = *ecode;
minimize = FALSE;
/* For partial matching, remember if we ever hit the end of the subject after
matching at least one subject character. */
if (md->partial &&
eptr >= md->end_subject &&
eptr > md->start_match)
md->hitend = TRUE;
/* Opening capturing bracket. If there is space in the offset vector, save
the current subject position in the working slot at the top of the vector. We
mustn't change the current values of the data slot, because they may be set
from a previous iteration of this group, and be referred to by a reference
inside the group.
If the bracket fails to match, we need to restore this value and also the
values of the final offsets, in case they were set by a previous iteration of
the same bracket.
If there isn't enough space in the offset vector, treat this as if it were a
non-capturing bracket. Don't worry about setting the flag for the error case
here; that is handled in the code for KET. */
if (op > OP_BRA)
{
number = op - OP_BRA;
/* For extended extraction brackets (large number), we have to fish out the
number from a dummy opcode at the start. */
if (number > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX)
number = GET2(ecode, 2+LINK_SIZE);
offset = number << 1;
#ifdef DEBUG
printf("start bracket %d subject=", number);
pchars(eptr, 16, TRUE, md);
printf("\n");
#endif
if (offset < md->offset_max)
{
save_offset1 = md->offset_vector[offset];
save_offset2 = md->offset_vector[offset+1];
save_offset3 = md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number];
save_capture_last = md->capture_last;
DPRINTF(("saving %d %d %d\n", save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3));
md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = eptr - md->start_subject;
do
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb,
match_isgroup);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
md->capture_last = save_capture_last;
ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
}
while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
DPRINTF(("bracket %d failed\n", number));
md->offset_vector[offset] = save_offset1;
md->offset_vector[offset+1] = save_offset2;
md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = save_offset3;
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Insufficient room for saving captured contents */
else op = OP_BRA;
}
/* Other types of node can be handled by a switch */
switch(op)
{
case OP_BRA: /* Non-capturing bracket: optimized */
DPRINTF(("start bracket 0\n"));
do
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb,
match_isgroup);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
}
while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
DPRINTF(("bracket 0 failed\n"));
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
/* Conditional group: compilation checked that there are no more than
two branches. If the condition is false, skipping the first branch takes us
past the end if there is only one branch, but that's OK because that is
exactly what going to the ket would do. */
case OP_COND:
if (ecode[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_CREF) /* Condition extract or recurse test */
{
offset = GET2(ecode, LINK_SIZE+2) << 1; /* Doubled ref number */
condition = (offset == CREF_RECURSE * 2)?
(md->recursive != NULL) :
(offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0);
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + (condition?
(LINK_SIZE + 4) : (LINK_SIZE + 1 + GET(ecode, 1))),
offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
RRETURN(rrc);
}
/* The condition is an assertion. Call match() to evaluate it - setting
the final argument TRUE causes it to stop at the end of an assertion. */
else
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, NULL,
match_condassert | match_isgroup);
if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH)
{
ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE + GET(ecode, LINK_SIZE+2);
while (*ecode == OP_ALT) ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
}
else if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH)
{
RRETURN(rrc); /* Need braces because of following else */
}
else ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb,
match_isgroup);
RRETURN(rrc);
}
/* Control never reaches here */
/* Skip over conditional reference or large extraction number data if
encountered. */
case OP_CREF:
case OP_BRANUMBER:
ecode += 3;
break;
/* End of the pattern. If we are in a recursion, we should restore the
offsets appropriately and continue from after the call. */
case OP_END:
if (md->recursive != NULL && md->recursive->group_num == 0)
{
recursion_info *rec = md->recursive;
DPRINTF(("Hit the end in a (?0) recursion\n"));
md->recursive = rec->prevrec;
memmove(md->offset_vector, rec->offset_save,
rec->saved_max * sizeof(int));
md->start_match = rec->save_start;
ims = original_ims;
ecode = rec->after_call;
break;
}
/* Otherwise, if PCRE_NOTEMPTY is set, fail if we have matched an empty
string - backtracking will then try other alternatives, if any. */
if (md->notempty && eptr == md->start_match) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
md->end_match_ptr = eptr; /* Record where we ended */
md->end_offset_top = offset_top; /* and how many extracts were taken */
RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
/* Change option settings */
case OP_OPT:
ims = ecode[1];
ecode += 2;
DPRINTF(("ims set to %02lx\n", ims));
break;
/* Assertion brackets. Check the alternative branches in turn - the
matching won't pass the KET for an assertion. If any one branch matches,
the assertion is true. Lookbehind assertions have an OP_REVERSE item at the
start of each branch to move the current point backwards, so the code at
this level is identical to the lookahead case. */
case OP_ASSERT:
case OP_ASSERTBACK:
do
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, NULL,
match_isgroup);
if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) break;
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
}
while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
if (*ecode == OP_KET) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
/* If checking an assertion for a condition, return MATCH_MATCH. */
if ((flags & match_condassert) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
/* Continue from after the assertion, updating the offsets high water
mark, since extracts may have been taken during the assertion. */
do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
offset_top = md->end_offset_top;
continue;
/* Negative assertion: all branches must fail to match */
case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
do
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, NULL,
match_isgroup);
if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
ecode += GET(ecode,1);
}
while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
if ((flags & match_condassert) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
continue;
/* Move the subject pointer back. This occurs only at the start of
each branch of a lookbehind assertion. If we are too close to the start to
move back, this match function fails. When working with UTF-8 we move
back a number of characters, not bytes. */
case OP_REVERSE:
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8)
{
c = GET(ecode,1);
for (i = 0; i < c; i++)
{
eptr--;
if (eptr < md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
BACKCHAR(eptr)
}
}
else
#endif
/* No UTF-8 support, or not in UTF-8 mode: count is byte count */
{
eptr -= GET(ecode,1);
if (eptr < md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Skip to next op code */
ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
break;
/* The callout item calls an external function, if one is provided, passing
details of the match so far. This is mainly for debugging, though the
function is able to force a failure. */
case OP_CALLOUT:
if (pcre_callout != NULL)
{
pcre_callout_block cb;
cb.version = 1; /* Version 1 of the callout block */
cb.callout_number = ecode[1];
cb.offset_vector = md->offset_vector;
cb.subject = (const char *)md->start_subject;
cb.subject_length = md->end_subject - md->start_subject;
cb.start_match = md->start_match - md->start_subject;
cb.current_position = eptr - md->start_subject;
cb.pattern_position = GET(ecode, 2);
cb.next_item_length = GET(ecode, 2 + LINK_SIZE);
cb.capture_top = offset_top/2;
cb.capture_last = md->capture_last;
cb.callout_data = md->callout_data;
if ((rrc = (*pcre_callout)(&cb)) > 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if (rrc < 0) RRETURN(rrc);
}
ecode += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
break;
/* Recursion either matches the current regex, or some subexpression. The
offset data is the offset to the starting bracket from the start of the
whole pattern. (This is so that it works from duplicated subpatterns.)
If there are any capturing brackets started but not finished, we have to
save their starting points and reinstate them after the recursion. However,
we don't know how many such there are (offset_top records the completed
total) so we just have to save all the potential data. There may be up to
65535 such values, which is too large to put on the stack, but using malloc
for small numbers seems expensive. As a compromise, the stack is used when
there are no more than REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX values to store; otherwise malloc
is used. A problem is what to do if the malloc fails ... there is no way of
returning to the top level with an error. Save the top REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX
values on the stack, and accept that the rest may be wrong.
There are also other values that have to be saved. We use a chained
sequence of blocks that actually live on the stack. Thanks to Robin Houston
for the original version of this logic. */
case OP_RECURSE:
{
callpat = md->start_code + GET(ecode, 1);
new_recursive.group_num = *callpat - OP_BRA;
/* For extended extraction brackets (large number), we have to fish out
the number from a dummy opcode at the start. */
if (new_recursive.group_num > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX)
new_recursive.group_num = GET2(callpat, 2+LINK_SIZE);
/* Add to "recursing stack" */
new_recursive.prevrec = md->recursive;
md->recursive = &new_recursive;
/* Find where to continue from afterwards */
ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
new_recursive.after_call = ecode;
/* Now save the offset data. */
new_recursive.saved_max = md->offset_end;
if (new_recursive.saved_max <= REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX)
new_recursive.offset_save = stacksave;
else
{
new_recursive.offset_save =
(int *)(pcre_malloc)(new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int));
if (new_recursive.offset_save == NULL) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY);
}
memcpy(new_recursive.offset_save, md->offset_vector,
new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int));
new_recursive.save_start = md->start_match;
md->start_match = eptr;
/* OK, now we can do the recursion. For each top-level alternative we
restore the offset and recursion data. */
DPRINTF(("Recursing into group %d\n", new_recursive.group_num));
do
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, callpat + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims,
eptrb, match_isgroup);
if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH)
{
md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec;
if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave)
(pcre_free)(new_recursive.offset_save);
RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
}
else if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
md->recursive = &new_recursive;
memcpy(md->offset_vector, new_recursive.offset_save,
new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int));
callpat += GET(callpat, 1);
}
while (*callpat == OP_ALT);
DPRINTF(("Recursion didn't match\n"));
md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec;
if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave)
(pcre_free)(new_recursive.offset_save);
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Control never reaches here */
/* "Once" brackets are like assertion brackets except that after a match,
the point in the subject string is not moved back. Thus there can never be
a move back into the brackets. Friedl calls these "atomic" subpatterns.
Check the alternative branches in turn - the matching won't pass the KET
for this kind of subpattern. If any one branch matches, we carry on as at
the end of a normal bracket, leaving the subject pointer. */
case OP_ONCE:
{
prev = ecode;
saved_eptr = eptr;
do
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims,
eptrb, match_isgroup);
if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) break;
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
ecode += GET(ecode,1);
}
while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
/* If hit the end of the group (which could be repeated), fail */
if (*ecode != OP_ONCE && *ecode != OP_ALT) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
/* Continue as from after the assertion, updating the offsets high water
mark, since extracts may have been taken. */
do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
offset_top = md->end_offset_top;
eptr = md->end_match_ptr;
/* For a non-repeating ket, just continue at this level. This also
happens for a repeating ket if no characters were matched in the group.
This is the forcible breaking of infinite loops as implemented in Perl
5.005. If there is an options reset, it will get obeyed in the normal
course of events. */
if (*ecode == OP_KET || eptr == saved_eptr)
{
ecode += 1+LINK_SIZE;
break;
}
/* The repeating kets try the rest of the pattern or restart from the
preceding bracket, in the appropriate order. We need to reset any options
that changed within the bracket before re-running it, so check the next
opcode. */
if (ecode[1+LINK_SIZE] == OP_OPT)
{
ims = (ims & ~PCRE_IMS) | ecode[4];
DPRINTF(("ims set to %02lx at group repeat\n", ims));
}
if (*ecode == OP_KETRMIN)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, prev, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
}
else /* OP_KETRMAX */
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, prev, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
}
}
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
/* An alternation is the end of a branch; scan along to find the end of the
bracketed group and go to there. */
case OP_ALT:
do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
break;
/* BRAZERO and BRAMINZERO occur just before a bracket group, indicating
that it may occur zero times. It may repeat infinitely, or not at all -
i.e. it could be ()* or ()? in the pattern. Brackets with fixed upper
repeat limits are compiled as a number of copies, with the optional ones
preceded by BRAZERO or BRAMINZERO. */
case OP_BRAZERO:
{
next = ecode+1;
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, next, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
do next += GET(next,1); while (*next == OP_ALT);
ecode = next + 1+LINK_SIZE;
}
break;
case OP_BRAMINZERO:
{
next = ecode+1;
do next += GET(next,1); while (*next == OP_ALT);
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, next + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb,
match_isgroup);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
ecode++;
}
break;
/* End of a group, repeated or non-repeating. If we are at the end of
an assertion "group", stop matching and return MATCH_MATCH, but record the
current high water mark for use by positive assertions. Do this also
for the "once" (not-backup up) groups. */
case OP_KET:
case OP_KETRMIN:
case OP_KETRMAX:
{
prev = ecode - GET(ecode, 1);
saved_eptr = eptrb->epb_saved_eptr;
/* Back up the stack of bracket start pointers. */
eptrb = eptrb->epb_prev;
if (*prev == OP_ASSERT || *prev == OP_ASSERT_NOT ||
*prev == OP_ASSERTBACK || *prev == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT ||
*prev == OP_ONCE)
{
md->end_match_ptr = eptr; /* For ONCE */
md->end_offset_top = offset_top;
RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
}
/* In all other cases except a conditional group we have to check the
group number back at the start and if necessary complete handling an
extraction by setting the offsets and bumping the high water mark. */
if (*prev != OP_COND)
{
number = *prev - OP_BRA;
/* For extended extraction brackets (large number), we have to fish out
the number from a dummy opcode at the start. */
if (number > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX) number = GET2(prev, 2+LINK_SIZE);
offset = number << 1;
#ifdef DEBUG
printf("end bracket %d", number);
printf("\n");
#endif
/* Test for a numbered group. This includes groups called as a result
of recursion. Note that whole-pattern recursion is coded as a recurse
into group 0, so it won't be picked up here. Instead, we catch it when
the OP_END is reached. */
if (number > 0)
{
md->capture_last = number;
if (offset >= md->offset_max) md->offset_overflow = TRUE; else
{
md->offset_vector[offset] =
md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number];
md->offset_vector[offset+1] = eptr - md->start_subject;
if (offset_top <= offset) offset_top = offset + 2;
}
/* Handle a recursively called group. Restore the offsets
appropriately and continue from after the call. */
if (md->recursive != NULL && md->recursive->group_num == number)
{
recursion_info *rec = md->recursive;
DPRINTF(("Recursion (%d) succeeded - continuing\n", number));
md->recursive = rec->prevrec;
md->start_match = rec->save_start;
memcpy(md->offset_vector, rec->offset_save,
rec->saved_max * sizeof(int));
ecode = rec->after_call;
ims = original_ims;
break;
}
}
}
/* Reset the value of the ims flags, in case they got changed during
the group. */
ims = original_ims;
DPRINTF(("ims reset to %02lx\n", ims));
/* For a non-repeating ket, just continue at this level. This also
happens for a repeating ket if no characters were matched in the group.
This is the forcible breaking of infinite loops as implemented in Perl
5.005. If there is an options reset, it will get obeyed in the normal
course of events. */
if (*ecode == OP_KET || eptr == saved_eptr)
{
ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
break;
}
/* The repeating kets try the rest of the pattern or restart from the
preceding bracket, in the appropriate order. */
if (*ecode == OP_KETRMIN)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, prev, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
}
else /* OP_KETRMAX */
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, prev, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
}
}
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
/* Start of subject unless notbol, or after internal newline if multiline */
case OP_CIRC:
if (md->notbol && eptr == md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if ((ims & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
{
if (eptr != md->start_subject && eptr[-1] != NEWLINE)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
}
/* ... else fall through */
/* Start of subject assertion */
case OP_SOD:
if (eptr != md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
/* Start of match assertion */
case OP_SOM:
if (eptr != md->start_subject + md->start_offset) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
/* Assert before internal newline if multiline, or before a terminating
newline unless endonly is set, else end of subject unless noteol is set. */
case OP_DOLL:
if ((ims & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
{
if (eptr < md->end_subject)
{ if (*eptr != NEWLINE) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); }
else
{ if (md->noteol) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); }
ecode++;
break;
}
else
{
if (md->noteol) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if (!md->endonly)
{
if (eptr < md->end_subject - 1 ||
(eptr == md->end_subject - 1 && *eptr != NEWLINE))
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
}
}
/* ... else fall through */
/* End of subject assertion (\z) */
case OP_EOD:
if (eptr < md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
/* End of subject or ending \n assertion (\Z) */
case OP_EODN:
if (eptr < md->end_subject - 1 ||
(eptr == md->end_subject - 1 && *eptr != NEWLINE)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
/* Word boundary assertions */
case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
{
/* Find out if the previous and current characters are "word" characters.
It takes a bit more work in UTF-8 mode. Characters > 255 are assumed to
be "non-word" characters. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8)
{
if (eptr == md->start_subject) prev_is_word = FALSE; else
{
const uschar *lastptr = eptr - 1;
while((*lastptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastptr--;
GETCHAR(c, lastptr);
prev_is_word = c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0;
}
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) cur_is_word = FALSE; else
{
GETCHAR(c, eptr);
cur_is_word = c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0;
}
}
else
#endif
/* More streamlined when not in UTF-8 mode */
{
prev_is_word = (eptr != md->start_subject) &&
((md->ctypes[eptr[-1]] & ctype_word) != 0);
cur_is_word = (eptr < md->end_subject) &&
((md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0);
}
/* Now see if the situation is what we want */
if ((*ecode++ == OP_WORD_BOUNDARY)?
cur_is_word == prev_is_word : cur_is_word != prev_is_word)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
break;
/* Match a single character type; inline for speed */
case OP_ANY:
if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0 && eptr < md->end_subject && *eptr == NEWLINE)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if (eptr++ >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8)
while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
#endif
ecode++;
break;
/* Match a single byte, even in UTF-8 mode. This opcode really does match
any byte, even newline, independent of the setting of PCRE_DOTALL. */
case OP_ANYBYTE:
if (eptr++ >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
if (
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
c < 256 &&
#endif
(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0
)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
case OP_DIGIT:
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
if (
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
c >= 256 ||
#endif
(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0
)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
if (
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
c < 256 &&
#endif
(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0
)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
case OP_WHITESPACE:
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
if (
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
c >= 256 ||
#endif
(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0
)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
if (
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
c < 256 &&
#endif
(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0
)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
case OP_WORDCHAR:
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
if (
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
c >= 256 ||
#endif
(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0
)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
break;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
/* Check the next character by Unicode property. We will get here only
if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
case OP_PROP:
case OP_NOTPROP:
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
{
int chartype, rqdtype;
int othercase;
int category = ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase);
rqdtype = *(++ecode);
ecode++;
if (rqdtype >= 128)
{
if ((rqdtype - 128 != category) == (op == OP_PROP))
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
else
{
if ((rqdtype != chartype) == (op == OP_PROP))
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
break;
/* Match an extended Unicode sequence. We will get here only if the support
is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
case OP_EXTUNI:
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
{
int chartype;
int othercase;
int category = ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase);
if (category == ucp_M) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
while (eptr < md->end_subject)
{
int len = 1;
if (!utf8) c = *eptr; else
{
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
}
category = ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase);
if (category != ucp_M) break;
eptr += len;
}
}
ecode++;
break;
#endif
/* Match a back reference, possibly repeatedly. Look past the end of the
item to see if there is repeat information following. The code is similar
to that for character classes, but repeated for efficiency. Then obey
similar code to character type repeats - written out again for speed.
However, if the referenced string is the empty string, always treat
it as matched, any number of times (otherwise there could be infinite
loops). */
case OP_REF:
{
offset = GET2(ecode, 1) << 1; /* Doubled ref number */
ecode += 3; /* Advance past item */
/* If the reference is unset, set the length to be longer than the amount
of subject left; this ensures that every attempt at a match fails. We
can't just fail here, because of the possibility of quantifiers with zero
minima. */
length = (offset >= offset_top || md->offset_vector[offset] < 0)?
md->end_subject - eptr + 1 :
md->offset_vector[offset+1] - md->offset_vector[offset];
/* Set up for repetition, or handle the non-repeated case */
switch (*ecode)
{
case OP_CRSTAR:
case OP_CRMINSTAR:
case OP_CRPLUS:
case OP_CRMINPLUS:
case OP_CRQUERY:
case OP_CRMINQUERY:
c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR;
minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
break;
case OP_CRRANGE:
case OP_CRMINRANGE:
minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE);
min = GET2(ecode, 1);
max = GET2(ecode, 3);
if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
ecode += 5;
break;
default: /* No repeat follows */
if (!match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, ims)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
eptr += length;
continue; /* With the main loop */
}
/* If the length of the reference is zero, just continue with the
main loop. */
if (length == 0) continue;
/* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. We get back
the length of the reference string explicitly rather than passing the
address of eptr, so that eptr can be a register variable. */
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (!match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, ims)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
eptr += length;
}
/* If min = max, continue at the same level without recursion.
They are not both allowed to be zero. */
if (min == max) continue;
/* If minimizing, keep trying and advancing the pointer */
if (minimize)
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || !match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, ims))
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
eptr += length;
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
/* If maximizing, find the longest string and work backwards */
else
{
pp = eptr;
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (!match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, ims)) break;
eptr += length;
}
while (eptr >= pp)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
eptr -= length;
}
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
/* Control never gets here */
/* Match a bit-mapped character class, possibly repeatedly. This op code is
used when all the characters in the class have values in the range 0-255,
and either the matching is caseful, or the characters are in the range
0-127 when UTF-8 processing is enabled. The only difference between
OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS occurs when a data character outside the range is
encountered.
First, look past the end of the item to see if there is repeat information
following. Then obey similar code to character type repeats - written out
again for speed. */
case OP_NCLASS:
case OP_CLASS:
{
data = ecode + 1; /* Save for matching */
ecode += 33; /* Advance past the item */
switch (*ecode)
{
case OP_CRSTAR:
case OP_CRMINSTAR:
case OP_CRPLUS:
case OP_CRMINPLUS:
case OP_CRQUERY:
case OP_CRMINQUERY:
c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR;
minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
break;
case OP_CRRANGE:
case OP_CRMINRANGE:
minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE);
min = GET2(ecode, 1);
max = GET2(ecode, 3);
if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
ecode += 5;
break;
default: /* No repeat follows */
min = max = 1;
break;
}
/* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
if (c > 255)
{
if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
else
{
if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
c = *eptr++;
if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
/* If max == min we can continue with the main loop without the
need to recurse. */
if (min == max) continue;
/* If minimizing, keep testing the rest of the expression and advancing
the pointer while it matches the class. */
if (minimize)
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
if (c > 255)
{
if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
else
{
if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
c = *eptr++;
if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
/* If maximizing, find the longest possible run, then work backwards. */
else
{
pp = eptr;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
if (c > 255)
{
if (op == OP_CLASS) break;
}
else
{
if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) break;
}
eptr += len;
}
for (;;)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (eptr-- == pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */
BACKCHAR(eptr);
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
c = *eptr;
if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) break;
eptr++;
}
while (eptr >= pp)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
eptr--;
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
}
}
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
/* Control never gets here */
/* Match an extended character class. This opcode is encountered only
in UTF-8 mode, because that's the only time it is compiled. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
case OP_XCLASS:
{
data = ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Save for matching */
ecode += GET(ecode, 1); /* Advance past the item */
switch (*ecode)
{
case OP_CRSTAR:
case OP_CRMINSTAR:
case OP_CRPLUS:
case OP_CRMINPLUS:
case OP_CRQUERY:
case OP_CRMINQUERY:
c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR;
minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
break;
case OP_CRRANGE:
case OP_CRMINRANGE:
minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE);
min = GET2(ecode, 1);
max = GET2(ecode, 3);
if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
ecode += 5;
break;
default: /* No repeat follows */
min = max = 1;
break;
}
/* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. */
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
if (!_pcre_xclass(c, data)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* If max == min we can continue with the main loop without the
need to recurse. */
if (min == max) continue;
/* If minimizing, keep testing the rest of the expression and advancing
the pointer while it matches the class. */
if (minimize)
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
if (!_pcre_xclass(c, data)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
/* If maximizing, find the longest possible run, then work backwards. */
else
{
pp = eptr;
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
if (!_pcre_xclass(c, data)) break;
eptr += len;
}
for(;;)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (eptr-- == pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */
BACKCHAR(eptr)
}
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
#endif /* End of XCLASS */
/* Match a single character, casefully */
case OP_CHAR:
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8)
{
length = 1;
ecode++;
GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length);
if (length > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
while (length-- > 0) if (*ecode++ != *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
else
#endif
/* Non-UTF-8 mode */
{
if (md->end_subject - eptr < 1) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if (ecode[1] != *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode += 2;
}
break;
/* Match a single character, caselessly */
case OP_CHARNC:
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8)
{
length = 1;
ecode++;
GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length);
if (length > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
/* If the pattern character's value is < 128, we have only one byte, and
can use the fast lookup table. */
if (fc < 128)
{
if (md->lcc[*ecode++] != md->lcc[*eptr++]) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Otherwise we must pick up the subject character */
else
{
int dc;
GETCHARINC(dc, eptr);
ecode += length;
/* If we have Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other
case of the character, if there is one. The result of ucp_findchar() is
< 0 if the char isn't found, and othercase is returned as zero if there
isn't one. */
if (fc != dc)
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
int chartype;
int othercase;
if (ucp_findchar(fc, &chartype, &othercase) < 0 || dc != othercase)
#endif
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
}
else
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
/* Non-UTF-8 mode */
{
if (md->end_subject - eptr < 1) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if (md->lcc[ecode[1]] != md->lcc[*eptr++]) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode += 2;
}
break;
/* Match a single character repeatedly; different opcodes share code. */
case OP_EXACT:
min = max = GET2(ecode, 1);
ecode += 3;
goto REPEATCHAR;
case OP_UPTO:
case OP_MINUPTO:
min = 0;
max = GET2(ecode, 1);
minimize = *ecode == OP_MINUPTO;
ecode += 3;
goto REPEATCHAR;
case OP_STAR:
case OP_MINSTAR:
case OP_PLUS:
case OP_MINPLUS:
case OP_QUERY:
case OP_MINQUERY:
c = *ecode++ - OP_STAR;
minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
/* Common code for all repeated single-character matches. We can give
up quickly if there are fewer than the minimum number of characters left in
the subject. */
REPEATCHAR:
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8)
{
length = 1;
charptr = ecode;
GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length);
if (min * length > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode += length;
/* Handle multibyte character matching specially here. There is
support for caseless matching if UCP support is present. */
if (length > 1)
{
int oclength = 0;
uschar occhars[8];
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
int othercase;
int chartype;
if ((ims & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 &&
ucp_findchar(fc, &chartype, &othercase) >= 0 &&
othercase > 0)
oclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, occhars);
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (memcmp(eptr, charptr, length) == 0) eptr += length;
/* Need braces because of following else */
else if (oclength == 0) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); }
else
{
if (memcmp(eptr, occhars, oclength) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
eptr += oclength;
}
}
if (min == max) continue;
if (minimize)
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if (memcmp(eptr, charptr, length) == 0) eptr += length;
/* Need braces because of following else */
else if (oclength == 0) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); }
else
{
if (memcmp(eptr, occhars, oclength) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
eptr += oclength;
}
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
else
{
pp = eptr;
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr > md->end_subject - length) break;
if (memcmp(eptr, charptr, length) == 0) eptr += length;
else if (oclength == 0) break;
else
{
if (memcmp(eptr, occhars, oclength) != 0) break;
eptr += oclength;
}
}
while (eptr >= pp)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
eptr -= length;
}
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
/* If the length of a UTF-8 character is 1, we fall through here, and
obey the code as for non-UTF-8 characters below, though in this case the
value of fc will always be < 128. */
}
else
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
/* When not in UTF-8 mode, load a single-byte character. */
{
if (min > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
fc = *ecode++;
}
/* The value of fc at this point is always less than 256, though we may or
may not be in UTF-8 mode. The code is duplicated for the caseless and
caseful cases, for speed, since matching characters is likely to be quite
common. First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. If min =
max, continue at the same level without recursing. Otherwise, if
minimizing, keep trying the rest of the expression and advancing one
matching character if failing, up to the maximum. Alternatively, if
maximizing, find the maximum number of characters and work backwards. */
DPRINTF(("matching %c{%d,%d} against subject %.*s\n", fc, min, max,
max, eptr));
if ((ims & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
{
fc = md->lcc[fc];
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
if (fc != md->lcc[*eptr++]) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if (min == max) continue;
if (minimize)
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject ||
fc != md->lcc[*eptr++])
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
else
{
pp = eptr;
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || fc != md->lcc[*eptr]) break;
eptr++;
}
while (eptr >= pp)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
eptr--;
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
}
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
/* Caseful comparisons (includes all multi-byte characters) */
else
{
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) if (fc != *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if (min == max) continue;
if (minimize)
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject || fc != *eptr++)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
else
{
pp = eptr;
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || fc != *eptr) break;
eptr++;
}
while (eptr >= pp)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
eptr--;
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
}
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
/* Control never gets here */
/* Match a negated single one-byte character. The character we are
checking can be multibyte. */
case OP_NOT:
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
ecode++;
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
if ((ims & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (c < 256)
#endif
c = md->lcc[c];
if (md->lcc[*ecode++] == c) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
else
{
if (*ecode++ == c) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
break;
/* Match a negated single one-byte character repeatedly. This is almost a
repeat of the code for a repeated single character, but I haven't found a
nice way of commoning these up that doesn't require a test of the
positive/negative option for each character match. Maybe that wouldn't add
very much to the time taken, but character matching *is* what this is all
about... */
case OP_NOTEXACT:
min = max = GET2(ecode, 1);
ecode += 3;
goto REPEATNOTCHAR;
case OP_NOTUPTO:
case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
min = 0;
max = GET2(ecode, 1);
minimize = *ecode == OP_NOTMINUPTO;
ecode += 3;
goto REPEATNOTCHAR;
case OP_NOTSTAR:
case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
case OP_NOTPLUS:
case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
case OP_NOTQUERY:
case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
c = *ecode++ - OP_NOTSTAR;
minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
/* Common code for all repeated single-byte matches. We can give up quickly
if there are fewer than the minimum number of bytes left in the
subject. */
REPEATNOTCHAR:
if (min > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
fc = *ecode++;
/* The code is duplicated for the caseless and caseful cases, for speed,
since matching characters is likely to be quite common. First, ensure the
minimum number of matches are present. If min = max, continue at the same
level without recursing. Otherwise, if minimizing, keep trying the rest of
the expression and advancing one matching character if failing, up to the
maximum. Alternatively, if maximizing, find the maximum number of
characters and work backwards. */
DPRINTF(("negative matching %c{%d,%d} against subject %.*s\n", fc, min, max,
max, eptr));
if ((ims & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
{
fc = md->lcc[fc];
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
register int d;
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
if (d < 256) d = md->lcc[d];
if (fc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
if (fc == md->lcc[*eptr++]) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
if (min == max) continue;
if (minimize)
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
register int d;
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
if (d < 256) d = md->lcc[d];
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == d)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == md->lcc[*eptr++])
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
/* Maximize case */
else
{
pp = eptr;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
register int d;
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(d, eptr, len);
if (d < 256) d = md->lcc[d];
if (fc == d) break;
eptr += len;
}
for(;;)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (eptr-- == pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */
BACKCHAR(eptr);
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == md->lcc[*eptr]) break;
eptr++;
}
while (eptr >= pp)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
eptr--;
}
}
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
/* Caseful comparisons */
else
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
register int d;
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
if (fc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
if (fc == *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
if (min == max) continue;
if (minimize)
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
register int d;
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == d)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == *eptr++)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
/* Maximize case */
else
{
pp = eptr;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
register int d;
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(d, eptr, len);
if (fc == d) break;
eptr += len;
}
for(;;)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (eptr-- == pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */
BACKCHAR(eptr);
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == *eptr) break;
eptr++;
}
while (eptr >= pp)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
eptr--;
}
}
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
/* Control never gets here */
/* Match a single character type repeatedly; several different opcodes
share code. This is very similar to the code for single characters, but we
repeat it in the interests of efficiency. */
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
min = max = GET2(ecode, 1);
minimize = TRUE;
ecode += 3;
goto REPEATTYPE;
case OP_TYPEUPTO:
case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
min = 0;
max = GET2(ecode, 1);
minimize = *ecode == OP_TYPEMINUPTO;
ecode += 3;
goto REPEATTYPE;
case OP_TYPESTAR:
case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
case OP_TYPEPLUS:
case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
case OP_TYPEQUERY:
case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
c = *ecode++ - OP_TYPESTAR;
minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
/* Common code for all repeated single character type matches. Note that
in UTF-8 mode, '.' matches a character of any length, but for the other
character types, the valid characters are all one-byte long. */
REPEATTYPE:
ctype = *ecode++; /* Code for the character type */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
if (ctype == OP_PROP || ctype == OP_NOTPROP)
{
prop_fail_result = ctype == OP_NOTPROP;
prop_type = *ecode++;
if (prop_type >= 128)
{
prop_test_against = prop_type - 128;
prop_test_variable = &prop_category;
}
else
{
prop_test_against = prop_type;
prop_test_variable = &prop_chartype;
}
}
else prop_type = -1;
#endif
/* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. Use inline
code for maximizing the speed, and do the type test once at the start
(i.e. keep it out of the loop). Also we can test that there are at least
the minimum number of bytes before we start. This isn't as effective in
UTF-8 mode, but it does no harm. Separate the UTF-8 code completely as that
is tidier. Also separate the UCP code, which can be the same for both UTF-8
and single-bytes. */
if (min > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
if (min > 0)
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
if (prop_type > 0)
{
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
if ((*prop_test_variable == prop_test_against) == prop_fail_result)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
/* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the
support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI)
{
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
if (prop_category == ucp_M) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
while (eptr < md->end_subject)
{
int len = 1;
if (!utf8) c = *eptr; else
{
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
}
prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
if (prop_category != ucp_M) break;
eptr += len;
}
}
}
else
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
/* Handle all other cases when the coding is UTF-8 */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (utf8) switch(ctype)
{
case OP_ANY:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
(*eptr++ == NEWLINE && (ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0))
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
}
break;
case OP_ANYBYTE:
eptr += min;
break;
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
if (c < 128 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
break;
case OP_DIGIT:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
*eptr >= 128 || (md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_digit) == 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
/* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */
}
break;
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
(*eptr < 128 && (md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_space) != 0))
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
}
break;
case OP_WHITESPACE:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
*eptr >= 128 || (md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_space) == 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
/* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */
}
break;
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
(*eptr < 128 && (md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_word) != 0))
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
}
break;
case OP_WORDCHAR:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
*eptr >= 128 || (md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_word) == 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
/* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */
}
break;
default:
RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
} /* End switch(ctype) */
else
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
/* Code for the non-UTF-8 case for minimum matching of operators other
than OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP. */
switch(ctype)
{
case OP_ANY:
if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0)
{
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
if (*eptr++ == NEWLINE) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
else eptr += min;
break;
case OP_ANYBYTE:
eptr += min;
break;
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_digit) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_DIGIT:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_digit) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_space) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_WHITESPACE:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_space) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_word) != 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_WORDCHAR:
for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_word) == 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
default:
RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
}
}
/* If min = max, continue at the same level without recursing */
if (min == max) continue;
/* If minimizing, we have to test the rest of the pattern before each
subsequent match. Again, separate the UTF-8 case for speed, and also
separate the UCP cases. */
if (minimize)
{
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
if (prop_type > 0)
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
if ((*prop_test_variable == prop_test_against) == prop_fail_result)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
}
/* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the
support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI)
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
if (prop_category == ucp_M) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
while (eptr < md->end_subject)
{
int len = 1;
if (!utf8) c = *eptr; else
{
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
}
prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
if (prop_category != ucp_M) break;
eptr += len;
}
}
}
else
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
switch(ctype)
{
case OP_ANY:
if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0 && c == NEWLINE) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_ANYBYTE:
break;
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_DIGIT:
if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_WHITESPACE:
if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_WORDCHAR:
if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0)
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
default:
RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
}
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
for (fi = min;; fi++)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
c = *eptr++;
switch(ctype)
{
case OP_ANY:
if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0 && c == NEWLINE) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_ANYBYTE:
break;
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_DIGIT:
if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_WHITESPACE:
if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
case OP_WORDCHAR:
if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
break;
default:
RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
}
}
}
/* Control never gets here */
}
/* If maximizing it is worth using inline code for speed, doing the type
test once at the start (i.e. keep it out of the loop). Again, keep the
UTF-8 and UCP stuff separate. */
else
{
pp = eptr; /* Remember where we started */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
if (prop_type > 0)
{
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
if ((*prop_test_variable == prop_test_against) == prop_fail_result)
break;
eptr+= len;
}
/* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */
for(;;)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (eptr-- == pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */
BACKCHAR(eptr);
}
}
/* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the
support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI)
{
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
if (prop_category == ucp_M) break;
while (eptr < md->end_subject)
{
int len = 1;
if (!utf8) c = *eptr; else
{
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
}
prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
if (prop_category != ucp_M) break;
eptr += len;
}
}
/* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */
for(;;)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (eptr-- == pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */
for (;;) /* Move back over one extended */
{
int len = 1;
BACKCHAR(eptr);
if (!utf8) c = *eptr; else
{
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
}
prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
if (prop_category != ucp_M) break;
eptr--;
}
}
}
else
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
/* UTF-8 mode */
if (utf8)
{
switch(ctype)
{
case OP_ANY:
/* Special code is required for UTF8, but when the maximum is unlimited
we don't need it, so we repeat the non-UTF8 code. This is probably
worth it, because .* is quite a common idiom. */
if (max < INT_MAX)
{
if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0)
{
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || *eptr == NEWLINE) break;
eptr++;
while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
}
}
else
{
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
eptr++;
while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
}
}
}
/* Handle unlimited UTF-8 repeat */
else
{
if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0)
{
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || *eptr == NEWLINE) break;
eptr++;
}
break;
}
else
{
c = max - min;
if (c > md->end_subject - eptr) c = md->end_subject - eptr;
eptr += c;
}
}
break;
/* The byte case is the same as non-UTF8 */
case OP_ANYBYTE:
c = max - min;
if (c > md->end_subject - eptr) c = md->end_subject - eptr;
eptr += c;
break;
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) break;
eptr+= len;
}
break;
case OP_DIGIT:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
if (c >= 256 ||(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) break;
eptr+= len;
}
break;
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) break;
eptr+= len;
}
break;
case OP_WHITESPACE:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
if (c >= 256 ||(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) break;
eptr+= len;
}
break;
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) break;
eptr+= len;
}
break;
case OP_WORDCHAR:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
int len = 1;
if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
eptr+= len;
}
break;
default:
RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
}
/* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */
for(;;)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
if (eptr-- == pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */
BACKCHAR(eptr);
}
}
else
#endif
/* Not UTF-8 mode */
{
switch(ctype)
{
case OP_ANY:
if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0)
{
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || *eptr == NEWLINE) break;
eptr++;
}
break;
}
/* For DOTALL case, fall through and treat as \C */
case OP_ANYBYTE:
c = max - min;
if (c > md->end_subject - eptr) c = md->end_subject - eptr;
eptr += c;
break;
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
break;
eptr++;
}
break;
case OP_DIGIT:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) == 0)
break;
eptr++;
}
break;
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) != 0)
break;
eptr++;
}
break;
case OP_WHITESPACE:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) == 0)
break;
eptr++;
}
break;
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
break;
eptr++;
}
break;
case OP_WORDCHAR:
for (i = min; i < max; i++)
{
if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) == 0)
break;
eptr++;
}
break;
default:
RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
}
/* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */
while (eptr >= pp)
{
RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
eptr--;
if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
}
}
/* Get here if we can't make it match with any permitted repetitions */
RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
}
/* Control never gets here */
/* There's been some horrible disaster. Since all codes > OP_BRA are
for capturing brackets, and there shouldn't be any gaps between 0 and
OP_BRA, arrival here can only mean there is something seriously wrong
in the code above or the OP_xxx definitions. */
default:
DPRINTF(("Unknown opcode %d\n", *ecode));
RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_NODE);
}
/* Do not stick any code in here without much thought; it is assumed
that "continue" in the code above comes out to here to repeat the main
loop. */
} /* End of main loop */
/* Control never reaches here */
}
/***************************************************************************
****************************************************************************
RECURSION IN THE match() FUNCTION
Undefine all the macros that were defined above to handle this. */
#ifdef NO_RECURSE
#undef eptr
#undef ecode
#undef offset_top
#undef ims
#undef eptrb
#undef flags
#undef callpat
#undef charptr
#undef data
#undef next
#undef pp
#undef prev
#undef saved_eptr
#undef new_recursive
#undef cur_is_word
#undef condition
#undef minimize
#undef prev_is_word
#undef original_ims
#undef ctype
#undef length
#undef max
#undef min
#undef number
#undef offset
#undef op
#undef save_capture_last
#undef save_offset1
#undef save_offset2
#undef save_offset3
#undef stacksave
#undef newptrb
#endif
/* These two are defined as macros in both cases */
#undef fc
#undef fi
/***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************
* Execute a Regular Expression *
*************************************************/
/* This function applies a compiled re to a subject string and picks out
portions of the string if it matches. Two elements in the vector are set for
each substring: the offsets to the start and end of the substring.
Arguments:
argument_re points to the compiled expression
extra_data points to extra data or is NULL
subject points to the subject string
length length of subject string (may contain binary zeros)
start_offset where to start in the subject string
options option bits
offsets points to a vector of ints to be filled in with offsets
offsetcount the number of elements in the vector
Returns: > 0 => success; value is the number of elements filled in
= 0 => success, but offsets is not big enough
-1 => failed to match
< -1 => some kind of unexpected problem
*/
EXPORT int
pcre_exec(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *extra_data,
const char *subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets,
int offsetcount)
{
int rc, resetcount, ocount;
int first_byte = -1;
int req_byte = -1;
int req_byte2 = -1;
unsigned long int ims = 0;
BOOL using_temporary_offsets = FALSE;
BOOL anchored;
BOOL startline;
BOOL firstline;
BOOL first_byte_caseless = FALSE;
BOOL req_byte_caseless = FALSE;
match_data match_block;
const uschar *tables;
const uschar *start_bits = NULL;
const uschar *start_match = (const uschar *)subject + start_offset;
const uschar *end_subject;
const uschar *req_byte_ptr = start_match - 1;
pcre_study_data internal_study;
const pcre_study_data *study;
real_pcre internal_re;
const real_pcre *external_re = (const real_pcre *)argument_re;
const real_pcre *re = external_re;
/* Plausibility checks */
if ((options & ~PUBLIC_EXEC_OPTIONS) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION;
if (re == NULL || subject == NULL ||
(offsets == NULL && offsetcount > 0)) return PCRE_ERROR_NULL;
if (offsetcount < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT;
/* Fish out the optional data from the extra_data structure, first setting
the default values. */
study = NULL;
match_block.match_limit = MATCH_LIMIT;
match_block.callout_data = NULL;
/* The table pointer is always in native byte order. */
tables = external_re->tables;
if (extra_data != NULL)
{
register unsigned int flags = extra_data->flags;
if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0)
study = (const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data;
if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT) != 0)
match_block.match_limit = extra_data->match_limit;
if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA) != 0)
match_block.callout_data = extra_data->callout_data;
if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES) != 0) tables = extra_data->tables;
}
/* If the exec call supplied NULL for tables, use the inbuilt ones. This
is a feature that makes it possible to save compiled regex and re-use them
in other programs later. */
if (tables == NULL) tables = _pcre_default_tables;
/* Check that the first field in the block is the magic number. If it is not,
test for a regex that was compiled on a host of opposite endianness. If this is
the case, flipped values are put in internal_re and internal_study if there was
study data too. */
if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER)
{
re = _pcre_try_flipped(re, &internal_re, study, &internal_study);
if (re == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC;
if (study != NULL) study = &internal_study;
}
/* Set up other data */
anchored = ((re->options | options) & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0;
startline = (re->options & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0;
firstline = (re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) != 0;
/* The code starts after the real_pcre block and the capture name table. */
match_block.start_code = (const uschar *)external_re + re->name_table_offset +
re->name_count * re->name_entry_size;
match_block.start_subject = (const uschar *)subject;
match_block.start_offset = start_offset;
match_block.end_subject = match_block.start_subject + length;
end_subject = match_block.end_subject;
match_block.endonly = (re->options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0;
match_block.utf8 = (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
match_block.notbol = (options & PCRE_NOTBOL) != 0;
match_block.noteol = (options & PCRE_NOTEOL) != 0;
match_block.notempty = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY) != 0;
match_block.partial = (options & PCRE_PARTIAL) != 0;
match_block.hitend = FALSE;
match_block.recursive = NULL; /* No recursion at top level */
match_block.lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
match_block.ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
/* Partial matching is supported only for a restricted set of regexes at the
moment. */
if (match_block.partial && (re->options & PCRE_NOPARTIAL) != 0)
return PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL;
/* Check a UTF-8 string if required. Unfortunately there's no way of passing
back the character offset. */
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (match_block.utf8 && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0)
{
if (_pcre_valid_utf8((uschar *)subject, length) >= 0)
return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8;
if (start_offset > 0 && start_offset < length)
{
int tb = ((uschar *)subject)[start_offset];
if (tb > 127)
{
tb &= 0xc0;
if (tb != 0 && tb != 0xc0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET;
}
}
}
#endif
/* The ims options can vary during the matching as a result of the presence
of (?ims) items in the pattern. They are kept in a local variable so that
restoring at the exit of a group is easy. */
ims = re->options & (PCRE_CASELESS|PCRE_MULTILINE|PCRE_DOTALL);
/* If the expression has got more back references than the offsets supplied can
hold, we get a temporary chunk of working store to use during the matching.
Otherwise, we can use the vector supplied, rounding down its size to a multiple
of 3. */
ocount = offsetcount - (offsetcount % 3);
if (re->top_backref > 0 && re->top_backref >= ocount/3)
{
ocount = re->top_backref * 3 + 3;
match_block.offset_vector = (int *)(pcre_malloc)(ocount * sizeof(int));
if (match_block.offset_vector == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY;
using_temporary_offsets = TRUE;
DPRINTF(("Got memory to hold back references\n"));
}
else match_block.offset_vector = offsets;
match_block.offset_end = ocount;
match_block.offset_max = (2*ocount)/3;
match_block.offset_overflow = FALSE;
match_block.capture_last = -1;
/* Compute the minimum number of offsets that we need to reset each time. Doing
this makes a huge difference to execution time when there aren't many brackets
in the pattern. */
resetcount = 2 + re->top_bracket * 2;
if (resetcount > offsetcount) resetcount = ocount;
/* Reset the working variable associated with each extraction. These should
never be used unless previously set, but they get saved and restored, and so we
initialize them to avoid reading uninitialized locations. */
if (match_block.offset_vector != NULL)
{
register int *iptr = match_block.offset_vector + ocount;
register int *iend = iptr - resetcount/2 + 1;
while (--iptr >= iend) *iptr = -1;
}
/* Set up the first character to match, if available. The first_byte value is
never set for an anchored regular expression, but the anchoring may be forced
at run time, so we have to test for anchoring. The first char may be unset for
an unanchored pattern, of course. If there's no first char and the pattern was
studied, there may be a bitmap of possible first characters. */
if (!anchored)
{
if ((re->options & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
{
first_byte = re->first_byte & 255;
if ((first_byte_caseless = ((re->first_byte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)) == TRUE)
first_byte = match_block.lcc[first_byte];
}
else
if (!startline && study != NULL &&
(study->options & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0)
start_bits = study->start_bits;
}
/* For anchored or unanchored matches, there may be a "last known required
character" set. */
if ((re->options & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
{
req_byte = re->req_byte & 255;
req_byte_caseless = (re->req_byte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0;
req_byte2 = (tables + fcc_offset)[req_byte]; /* case flipped */
}
/* Loop for handling unanchored repeated matching attempts; for anchored regexs
the loop runs just once. */
do
{
const uschar *save_end_subject = end_subject;
/* Reset the maximum number of extractions we might see. */
if (match_block.offset_vector != NULL)
{
register int *iptr = match_block.offset_vector;
register int *iend = iptr + resetcount;
while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1;
}
/* Advance to a unique first char if possible. If firstline is TRUE, the
start of the match is constrained to the first line of a multiline string.
Implement this by temporarily adjusting end_subject so that we stop scanning
at a newline. If the match fails at the newline, later code breaks this loop.
*/
if (firstline)
{
const uschar *t = start_match;
while (t < save_end_subject && *t != '\n') t++;
end_subject = t;
}
/* Now test for a unique first byte */
if (first_byte >= 0)
{
if (first_byte_caseless)
while (start_match < end_subject &&
match_block.lcc[*start_match] != first_byte)
start_match++;
else
while (start_match < end_subject && *start_match != first_byte)
start_match++;
}
/* Or to just after \n for a multiline match if possible */
else if (startline)
{
if (start_match > match_block.start_subject + start_offset)
{
while (start_match < end_subject && start_match[-1] != NEWLINE)
start_match++;
}
}
/* Or to a non-unique first char after study */
else if (start_bits != NULL)
{
while (start_match < end_subject)
{
register unsigned int c = *start_match;
if ((start_bits[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) start_match++; else break;
}
}
/* Restore fudged end_subject */
end_subject = save_end_subject;
#ifdef DEBUG /* Sigh. Some compilers never learn. */
printf(">>>> Match against: ");
pchars(start_match, end_subject - start_match, TRUE, &match_block);
printf("\n");
#endif
/* If req_byte is set, we know that that character must appear in the subject
for the match to succeed. If the first character is set, req_byte must be
later in the subject; otherwise the test starts at the match point. This
optimization can save a huge amount of backtracking in patterns with nested
unlimited repeats that aren't going to match. Writing separate code for
cased/caseless versions makes it go faster, as does using an autoincrement
and backing off on a match.
HOWEVER: when the subject string is very, very long, searching to its end can
take a long time, and give bad performance on quite ordinary patterns. This
showed up when somebody was matching /^C/ on a 32-megabyte string... so we
don't do this when the string is sufficiently long.
ALSO: this processing is disabled when partial matching is requested.
*/
if (req_byte >= 0 &&
end_subject - start_match < REQ_BYTE_MAX &&
!match_block.partial)
{
register const uschar *p = start_match + ((first_byte >= 0)? 1 : 0);
/* We don't need to repeat the search if we haven't yet reached the
place we found it at last time. */
if (p > req_byte_ptr)
{
if (req_byte_caseless)
{
while (p < end_subject)
{
register int pp = *p++;
if (pp == req_byte || pp == req_byte2) { p--; break; }
}
}
else
{
while (p < end_subject)
{
if (*p++ == req_byte) { p--; break; }
}
}
/* If we can't find the required character, break the matching loop */
if (p >= end_subject) break;
/* If we have found the required character, save the point where we
found it, so that we don't search again next time round the loop if
the start hasn't passed this character yet. */
req_byte_ptr = p;
}
}
/* When a match occurs, substrings will be set for all internal extractions;
we just need to set up the whole thing as substring 0 before returning. If
there were too many extractions, set the return code to zero. In the case
where we had to get some local store to hold offsets for backreferences, copy
those back references that we can. In this case there need not be overflow
if certain parts of the pattern were not used. */
match_block.start_match = start_match;
match_block.match_call_count = 0;
rc = match(start_match, match_block.start_code, 2, &match_block, ims, NULL,
match_isgroup);
/* When the result is no match, if the subject's first character was a
newline and the PCRE_FIRSTLINE option is set, break (which will return
PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH). The option requests that a match occur before the first
newline in the subject. Otherwise, advance the pointer to the next character
and continue - but the continuation will actually happen only when the
pattern is not anchored. */
if (rc == MATCH_NOMATCH)
{
if (firstline && *start_match == NEWLINE) break;
start_match++;
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
if (match_block.utf8)
while(start_match < end_subject && (*start_match & 0xc0) == 0x80)
start_match++;
#endif
continue;
}
if (rc != MATCH_MATCH)
{
----------------------------------------------
Diff block truncated. (Max lines = 10000)
----------------------------------------------
